Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From Zoophilia Wiki
Jump to navigationJump to search
meta>Shyamal
sorry, I am not very good at testing in the sandbox - so here is a bold test, will revert on failure
Import latest changes from English Wikipedia
 
(45 intermediate revisions by 11 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
require("strict")


local z = {
--[[----------------< F O R W A R D _ D E C L A R A T I O N S >-----------------
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
  Each of these counts against the Lua upper value limit.
error_ids = {};
]]
message_tail = {};
local validation  -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation.
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
local utilities    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
local z = {}      -- Table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
}
local identifiers  -- Functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers.
local metadata    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS.
-- Table of configuration tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.
local cfg = {}
-- Supertable of valid template parameters; from Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist.
local whitelist = {}
 
--[[----------------< P A G E _ S C O P E _ V A R I A B L E S >-----------------
  Declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
  other modules, that are created here and used here; booleans all.
]]
local added_deprecated_cat      -- Only add category once.
local added_vanc_errs          -- Only emit one Vanc. error/category.
-- Only emit one generic name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_generic_name_errs
-- Only emit one numeric name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_numeric_name_errs
local added_numeric_name_maint  -- Only emit one numeric name maint. category.
-- True when previewing article, false when previewing the module.
local is_preview_mode
local is_sandbox                -- Using sandbox modules sets this to true.
 
--[[-------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------
  Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order
  established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in
  which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
   This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar
  version that used ipairs. With the pairs version, the order of evaluation
  could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
  the for loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local function first_set(list, count)
  local i = 1
  while i <= count do  -- Loop through all items in the list.
    if utilities.is_set(list[i]) then
      return list[i]  -- Return the first set list member.
    end
    i = i + 1          -- Increment to next member.
  end
end


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation


]]
]]
function is_set( var )
local function add_vanc_error(source, position)
return not (var == nil or var == '');
    if added_vanc_errs then
        return
    end
 
    added_vanc_errs = true -- note that we've added this category
    utilities.set_message("err_vancouver", {source, position})
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------


First set variable or nil if none
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]
local function is_scheme(scheme)
    return scheme and scheme:match("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


local function first_set(...)
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
local list = {...};
 
for _, var in pairs(list) do
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
if is_set( var ) then
 
return var;
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
end
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
end
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
end
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
]=]


Whether needle is in haystack
local function is_domain_name(domain)
    if not domain then
        return false -- if not set, abandon
    end


]]
    domain = domain:gsub("^//", "") -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
    if not domain:match("^[%w]") then -- first character must be letter or digit
if needle == nil then
        return false
return false;
    end
end
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
    if domain:match("^%a+:") then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
        return false
    end


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
    local patterns = {
        -- patterns that look like URLs
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$", -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$", -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
        "%f[%a][qxz]%.com$", -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%a][iq]%.net$", -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$", -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
        "%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$", -- two character hostname and TLD
        "^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?", -- IPv4 address
        "[%a%d]+%:?" -- IPv6 address
    }


]]
    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
        if domain:match(pattern) then
            return true -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
        end
    end


local function substitute( msg, args )
    for _, d in ipairs(cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
        if domain:match("%f[%w][%w]%." .. d) then
            return true
        end
    end
    return false -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
local function is_url(scheme, domain)
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
    if utilities.is_set(scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
        return is_scheme(scheme) and is_domain_name(domain)
    else
        return is_domain_name(domain) -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
prefix = prefix or "";
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
Strip off any port and path;
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.


]]
]]
local function split_url(url_str)
    local scheme, authority, domain


local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
    url_str = url_str:gsub("([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$", "%1") -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
 
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
    if url_str:match("^//%S*") then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
        domain = url_str:match("^//(%S*)")
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
    elseif url_str:match("%S-:/*%S+") then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
end
        scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match("(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)") -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
        if utilities.is_set(authority) then
            authority = authority:gsub("//", "", 1) -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
            if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        else
            if not scheme:match("^news:") then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        end
        domain = domain:gsub("(%a):%d+", "%1") -- strip port number if present
    end
 
    return scheme, domain
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
local function link_param_ok(value)
    local scheme, domain
    if value:find("[<>%[%]|{}]") then -- if any prohibited characters
        return false
    end


local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
    scheme, domain = split_url(value) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
    return not is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists


Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]
local function link_title_ok(link, lorig, title, torig)
    local orig
    if utilities.is_set(link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
        if not link_param_ok(link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
            orig = lorig -- identify the failing link parameter
        elseif title:find("%[%[") then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
            orig = torig -- identify the failing |title= parameter
        elseif link:match("^%a+:") then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
            local prefix = link:match("^(%a+):"):lower() -- get the interwiki prefix
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
                orig = lorig -- flag as error
            end
        end
    end


local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
    if utilities.is_set(orig) then
local function add_vanc_error ()
        link = "" -- unset
if not added_vanc_errs then
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", orig) -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
    end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
 
end
    return link -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether a URL string is valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI schemeIt is not determined whether
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URLIf both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]
local function check_url(url_str)
    if nil == url_str:match("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
        return false
    end
    local scheme, domain


local function check_url( url_str )
    scheme, domain = split_url(url_str) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
 
    if "news:" == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
        return domain:match("^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$")
    end
 
    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


]]
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink(value)
    local scheme, domain
 
    if value:match("%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]") then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]") then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%a%S*:%S+") then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(%a%S*:%S+)"))
    elseif value:match("^//%S+") or value:match("%s//%S+") then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(//%S+)")) -- what is left should be the domain
    else
        return false -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
    end


local function safe_for_italics( str )
    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]
 
local function check_for_url(parameter_list, error_list)
local function safe_for_url( str )
    for k, v in pairs(parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
        if is_parameter_ext_wikilink(v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
            table.insert(error_list, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k))
end
        end
    end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


]]
]]
local function safe_for_url(str)
    if str:match("%[%[.-%]%]") ~= nil then
        utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url", {})
    end


local function wrap_style (key, str)
    return str:gsub(
if not is_set( str ) then
        "[%[%]\n]",
return "";
        {
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
            ["["] = "&#91;",
str = safe_for_italics( str );
            ["]"] = "&#93;",
end
            ["\n"] = " "
 
        }
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
    )
end
end


Line 235: Line 371:


]]
]]
local function external_link(URL, label, source, access)
    local err_msg = ""
    local domain
    local path
    local base_url


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
    if not utilities.is_set(label) then
local error_str = "";
        label = URL
if not is_set( label ) then
        if utilities.is_set(source) then
label = URL;
            utilities.set_message("err_bare_url_missing_title", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
if is_set( source ) then
        else
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
            error(cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]) -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
else
        end
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
    end
end
    if not check_url(URL) then
end
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
if not check_url( URL ) then
    end
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
    domain, path = URL:match("^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$") -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
    if path then -- if there is a path portion
        path = path:gsub("[%[%]]", {["["] = "%5b", ["]"] = "%5d"}) -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
        URL = table.concat({domain, path}) -- and reassemble
    end


Formats a wiki style external link
    base_url = table.concat({"[", URL, " ", safe_for_url(label), "]"}) -- assemble a wiki-markup URL


]]
    if utilities.is_set(access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
        base_url =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.presentation["ext-link-access-signal"],
            {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}
        ) -- add the appropriate icon
    end


local function external_link_id(options)
    return base_url
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


Line 275: Line 413:
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
    if not added_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
        added_deprecated_cat = true -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
        utilities.set_message("err_deprecated_params", {name}) -- add error message
end
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


]]
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
 
]=]
 
local function kern_quotes(str)
    local cap = ""
    local wl_type, label, link
 
    wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
    if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
        if mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[.+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        end
    else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[“”]", '"') -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[‘’]", "'") -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(["\'][^\'].+)') -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], cap)
        end


local function kern_quotes (str)
        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(.+[^\']["\'])$') -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
local cap='';
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
local cap2='';
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], cap)
        end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end


cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
        if 2 == wl_type then
if is_set (cap) then
            str = utilities.make_wikilink(link, label) -- reassemble the wikilink
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
        else
end
            str = label
return str;
        end
    end
    return str
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Line 330: Line 495:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]
local function format_script_value(script_value, script_param)
    local lang = "" -- initialize to empty string
    local name
    if script_value:match("^%l%l%l?%s*:") then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
        lang = script_value:match("^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*") -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
        if not utilities.is_set(lang) then
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing title part"]}) -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
            return "" -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
        end
        -- if we get this far we have prefix and script
        name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName(lang, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
        if utilities.is_set(name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
            script_value = script_value:gsub("^%l+%s*:%s*", "") -- strip prefix from script
            -- is prefix one of these language codes?
            if utilities.in_array(lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
                utilities.add_prop_cat("script", {name, lang})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["unknown language code"]}) -- unknown script-language; add error message
            end
            lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ' -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["invalid language code"]}) -- invalid language code; add error message
            lang = "" -- invalid so set lang to empty string
        end
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing prefix"]}) -- no language code prefix; add error message
    end
    script_value = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["bdi"], {lang, script_value}) -- isolate in case script is RTL


local function format_script_value (script_value)
    return script_value
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
return script_value;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
]]
 
local function script_concatenate(title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
    if utilities.is_set(script) then
if is_set (script) then
        script = format_script_value(script, script_param) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
        if utilities.is_set(script) then
if is_set (script) then
            title = title .. " " .. script -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
        end
end
    end
end
    return title
return title;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Line 391: Line 557:


]]
]]
local function wrap_msg(key, str, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(str) then
        return ""
    end
    if true == lower then
        local msg
        msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower() -- set the message to lower case before
        return utilities.substitute(msg, str) -- including template text
    else
        return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[key], str)
    end
end


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


]]
]]
local function wikisource_url_make(str)
    local wl_type, D, L
    local ws_url, ws_label
    local wikisource_prefix = table.concat({"https://", cfg.this_wiki_code, ".wikisource.org/wiki/"})
    wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
    if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
        str = L:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or L:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_label = D -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
                }
            )
        end
    end


local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
    if ws_url then
local value = nil;
        ws_url = mw.uri.encode(ws_url, "WIKI") -- make a usable URL
local selected = '';
        ws_url = ws_url:gsub("%%23", "#") -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
local error_list = {};
    end
 
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
    return ws_url, ws_label, L or D -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
if #error_list > 0 then
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
return value, selected;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------


Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


]]
]]
local function format_periodical(script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
    if not utilities.is_set(periodical) then
        periodical = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        periodical = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", periodical) -- style
    end
    periodical = script_concatenate(periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
    if utilities.is_set(trans_periodical) then
        trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", trans_periodical)
        if utilities.is_set(periodical) then
            periodical = periodical .. " " .. trans_periodical
        else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
            periodical = trans_periodical
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"periodical"})
        end
    end


local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
    return periodical
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
if is_set (transchapter) then
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
return chapter .. chapter_error;
else -- here when chapter is set
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
return chapter;
end
end


--[[
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).
 
]]
]]
local function format_chapter_title(
    script_chapter,
    script_chapter_source,
    chapter,
    chapter_source,
    trans_chapter,
    trans_chapter_source,
    chapter_url,
    chapter_url_source,
    no_quotes,
    access)
    local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(chapter) -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
    if ws_url then
        ws_label = ws_label:gsub("_", " ") -- replace underscore separators with space characters
        chapter = ws_label
    end


local function argument_wrapper( args )
    if not utilities.is_set(chapter) then
local origin = {};
        chapter = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
return setmetatable({
        if false == no_quotes then
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
            chapter = kern_quotes(chapter) -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
            chapter = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", chapter)
return origin[k];
        end
end
    end
},
 
{
    chapter = script_concatenate(chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
if origin[k] ~= nil then
    if utilities.is_set(chapter_url) then
return nil;
        chapter = external_link(chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access) -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
    elseif ws_url then
        chapter = external_link(ws_url, chapter .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in chapter") -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
        chapter =
            utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, chapter})
if type( list ) == 'table' then
    end
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
    if utilities.is_set(trans_chapter) then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
        trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_chapter)
end
        if utilities.is_set(chapter) then
elseif list ~= nil then
            chapter = chapter .. " " .. trans_chapter
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
        else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
else
            chapter = trans_chapter
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
            chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match("trans%-?(.+)") -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {chapter_source})
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
        end
end
    end
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
    return chapter
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
local function has_invisible_chars(param, v)
    local position = "" -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
    local capture  -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
    local stripmarker  -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
    capture = string.match(v, "[%w%p ]*") -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
    if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
        return
    end
    for _, invisible_char in ipairs(cfg.invisible_chars) do
        local char_name = invisible_char[1] -- the character or group name
        local pattern = invisible_char[2] -- the pattern used to find it
        position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find(v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern


local function validate( name )
        if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
local name = tostring( name );
            if mw.ustring.find(v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
                position = nil -- unset position
            elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint(v, position + 1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
-- Normal arguments
                position = nil -- unset position
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
            end
if false == state then
        end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


        if position then
            if
                "nowiki" == capture or "math" == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
                    ("templatestyles" == capture and utilities.in_array(param, {"id", "quote"}))
            then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
                stripmarker = true -- set a flag
            elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
                position = nil -- unset
            else
                local err_msg
                if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
                    err_msg = capture .. " " .. char_name
                else
                    err_msg = char_name .. " " .. "character"
                end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
                utilities.set_message(
local function internal_link_id(options)
                    "err_invisible_char",
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
                    {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param), position}
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
                ) -- add error message
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
                return -- and done with this parameter
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
            end
);
        end
    end
end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
]]
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
local function argument_wrapper(args)
    local origin = {}
 
    return setmetatable(
        {
            ORIGIN = function(self, k)
                local dummy = self[k] -- force the variable to be loaded.
                return origin[k]
            end
        },
        {
            __index = function(tbl, k)
                if origin[k] ~= nil then
                    return nil
                end


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
                local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]


]]
                if type(list) == "table" then
                    v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one(args, list, "err_redundant_parameters")
                    if origin[k] == nil then
                        origin[k] = "" -- Empty string, not nil
                    end
                elseif list ~= nil then
                    v, origin[k] = args[list], list
                else
                    -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                    -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                    error(cfg.messages["unknown_argument_map"] .. ": " .. k)
                end


local function nowrap_date (date)
                -- Empty strings, not nil;
local cap='';
                if v == nil then
local cap2='';
                    v = ""
                    origin[k] = ""
                end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
                tbl = rawset(tbl, k, v)
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
                return v
            end
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
        }
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
    )
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------


ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]
local function nowrap_date(date)
    local cap = ""
    local cap2 = ""
    if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap1"], date)
    elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
        cap, cap2 = string.match(date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$")
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap2"], {cap, cap2})
    end


local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
    return date
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
 
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
(|type=none).
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.


]]
]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
    if utilities.is_set(title_type) then
        if "none" == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
            title_type = "" -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
        end
        return title_type -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
    end


local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
    return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or "" -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
local temp=0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
]]
local function safe_join(tbl, duplicate_char)
    local f = {} -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
    if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
        f.gsub = string.gsub
        f.match = string.match
        f.sub = string.sub
    else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
        f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
        f.match = mw.ustring.match
        f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
    end


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
    local str = "" -- the output string
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
    local comp = "" -- what does 'comp' mean?
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
    local end_chr = ""
local len = isbn_str:len();
    local trim
    for _, value in ipairs(tbl) do
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
        if value == nil then
return false;
            value = ""
end
        end


if len == 10 then
        if str == "" then -- if output string is empty
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
            str = value -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
        elseif value ~= "" then
else
            if value:sub(1, 1) == "<" then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
local temp = 0;
                comp = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
            else
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
                comp = value
end
            end
            -- typically duplicate_char is sepc
            if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
                --  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
                --  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
                trim = false
                end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1) -- get the last character of the output string
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
                    str = f.sub(str, 1, -2) -- remove it
                elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''" -- remove them and add back ''
                    elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
                        trim = true -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
                        trim = true -- same question
                    end
                elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
                        trim = true
                    end
                elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
                    if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -3) -- remove them both
                    end
                end
 
                if trim then
                    if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char
                        if f.match(dup2, "%A") then
                            dup2 = "%" .. dup2
                        end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
                        value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
                    else
                        value = f.sub(value, 2, -1) -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
                    end
                end
            end
            str = str .. value -- add it to the output string
        end
    end
    return str
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------


Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
Puncutation not allowed.
section 2, pages 9–12.


]]
]]
local function is_suffix(suffix)
    if utilities.in_array(suffix, {"Jr", "Sr", "Jnr", "Snr", "1st", "2nd", "3rd"}) or suffix:match("^%dth$") then
        return true
    end
    return false
end
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


local function ismn (id)
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
local text;
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
local valid_ismn = true;
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
This original test:
valid_ismn = false;
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
else
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
end
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


if false == valid_ismn then
]]
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
local function is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, position)
end  
    if not suffix then
        if first:find("[,%s]") then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
return text;
            first = first:match("(.-)[,%s]+") -- get name/initials
            suffix = first:match("[,%s]+(.+)$") -- get generational suffix
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
        if not is_suffix(suffix) then
            add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position)
            return false -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
        end
    end
    if
        nil ==
            mw.ustring.find(
                last,
                "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$"
            ) or
            nil ==
                mw.ustring.find(
                    first,
                    "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$"
                )
    then
        add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["non-Latin char"], position)
        return false -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
    end
    return true
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 


Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
    if first:find(",", 1, true) then
        return first -- commas not allowed; abandon
    end


local function issn(id)
    local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$")
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
    if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
        name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$") -- is it just initials?
    end


if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
    if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
        if 3 > mw.ustring.len(name) then -- if one or two initials
else
            if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
                if is_suffix(suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
end
                    return first -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
                else
                    add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position) -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
                    return first -- and return first unmolested
                end
            else
                return first -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
            end
        end
    end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


if true == valid_issn then
    local initials_t, names_t = {}, {} -- tables to hold name parts and initials
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
    local i = 1 -- counter for number of initials
else
 
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
    names_t = mw.text.split(first, "[%s%-]+") -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
end
 
    while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
        if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match("[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$") then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
            names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub("%.", "") -- remove terminal dot if present
            if is_suffix(names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
if false == valid_issn then
                table.insert(initials_t, " " .. names_t[i]) -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
                break -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end  
            end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
        end
return text
        if 3 > i then
            table.insert(initials_t, mw.ustring.sub(names_t[i], 1, 1)) -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
        end
        i = i + 1 -- bump the counter
    end
 
    return table.concat(initials_t) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
 
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix


Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.


]]
]]
local function interwiki_prefixen_get(value, is_link)
    if not value:find(":%l+:") then -- if no prefix
        return false -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
    end
    local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; project prefix
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):" -- wikilinked; language prefix
    }


local function amazon(id, domain)
    local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {
local err_cat = ""
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- project and language prefixes
        "^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- language and project prefixes
        "^:([dsw]):", -- project prefix
        "^:(%l%l+):" -- language prefix
    }


if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
    local cap1, cap2
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
    for _, pattern in ipairs((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
else
        cap1, cap2 = value:match(pattern)
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
        if cap1 then
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
            break -- found a match so stop looking
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
        end
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
    end
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
 
end
    if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
        if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
end
                return cap1, cap2 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
            end
if not is_set(domain) then  
        else -- here when :language:project:
domain = "com";
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
                return cap2, cap1 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
domain = "co." .. domain;
            end
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
        end
domain = "com." .. domain;
        return nil -- unknown interwiki language
end
    elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
        return nil -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
    elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
        return cap1, nil -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
    else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
        if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
            return nil, cap1 -- return nil project, language
        end
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------


See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)


format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
names in the list will be linked when
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
|<name>-link= has a value
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
where:
rendered previously so should have been linked there
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
    local sep
    local namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local name_list = {}


local function arxiv (id, class)
    if "vanc" == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl_vanc"] -- name-list separator between names is a comma
local year, month, version;
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name_vanc"] -- last/first separator is a space
local err_cat = '';
    else
local text;
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl"] -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name"] -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
    end
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 
year = tonumber(year);
    if sep:sub(-1, -1) ~= " " then
month = tonumber(month);
        sep = sep .. " "
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
    end
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
    if utilities.is_set(maximum) and maximum < 1 then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
        return "", 0
end
    end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
 
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
    for i, person in ipairs(people) do
year = tonumber(year);
        if utilities.is_set(person.last) then
month = tonumber(month);
            local mask = person.mask
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
            local one
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
            local sep_one = sep
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
            if utilities.is_set(maximum) and i > maximum then
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
                etal = true
                break
            end


if is_set (class) then
            if mask then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
                local n = tonumber(mask) -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
else
                if n then
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
                    one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
end
                    person.link = nil -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
                else
return text .. class;
                    one = mask -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
end
                    sep_one = " " -- modify name-list separator
                end
            else
                one = person.last -- get surname
                local first = person.first -- get given name
                if utilities.is_set(first) then
                    if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
                        one = one:gsub("%.", "") -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
                        if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name(one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
                            first = reduce_to_initials(first, i) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
                        end
                    end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
                end
            end
            if utilities.is_set(person.link) then
                one = utilities.make_wikilink(person.link, one) -- link author/editor
            end


--[[
            if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
                local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get(one, true) -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
1. Remove all blanks.
                if "w" == proj and ("Wikipedia" == mw.site.namespaces.Project["name"]) then
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
                    proj = nil -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
                end
a. Remove it.
                if proj then
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
                    local proj_name = ({["d"] = "Wikidata", ["s"] = "Wikisource", ["w"] = "Wikipedia"})[proj] -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
                    if proj_name then
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interproj", proj_name) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interproj-linked-name", proj) -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
                        tag = nil -- unset; don't do both project and language
                    end
                end
                if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
                    tag = nil -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if tag then
                    local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]
                    if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interwiki", lang) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interwiki-linked-name", tag) -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
                    end
                end


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
                table.insert(name_list, one) -- add it to the list of names
]]
                table.insert(name_list, sep_one) -- add the proper name-list separator
            end
        end
    end


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
    local count = #name_list / 2 -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
    if 0 < count then
        if 1 < count and not etal then
            if "amp" == format then
                name_list[#name_list - 2] = " & " -- replace last separator with ampersand text
            elseif "and" == format then
                if 2 == count then
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and -- replace last separator with 'and' text
                else
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
                end
            end
        end
        name_list[#name_list] = nil -- erase the last separator
    end


if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
    local result = table.concat(name_list) -- construct list
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
    if etal and utilities.is_set(result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
end
        result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
    end


local prefix
    return result, count -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
local suffix
end
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end


--[[
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise
Format LCCN link and do simple error checkingLCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
returns an empty string.
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]
local function make_citeref_id(namelist, year)
    local names = {} -- a table for the one to four names and year
    for i, v in ipairs(namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
        names[i] = v.last
        if i == 4 then
            break
        end -- if four then done
    end
    table.insert(names, year) -- add the year at the end
    local id = table.concat(names) -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
    if utilities.is_set(id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
        return "CITEREF" .. id -- add the CITEREF portion
    else
        return "" -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
    end
end


local function lccn(lccn)
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if 8 == len then
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
]]
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
local function cite_class_attribute_make(cite_class, mode)
end
    local class_t = {}
    table.insert(class_t, "citation") -- required for blue highlight
    if "citation" ~= cite_class then
        table.insert(class_t, cite_class) -- identify this template for user css
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs1") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    else
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs2") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    end
    for _, prop_key in ipairs(z.prop_keys_t) do
        table.insert(class_t, prop_key) -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
    end


return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
    return table.concat(class_t, " ") -- make a big string and done
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
Format PMID and do simple error checkingPMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
 
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et alIf found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter
 
]]
]]
local function name_has_etal(name, etal, nocat, param)
    if utilities.is_set(name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
        local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns -- get patterns from configuration
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
            if name:match(pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
                name = name:gsub(pattern, "") -- remove the offending text
                etal = true -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
                if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
                    utilities.set_message("err_etal", {param}) -- and set an error if not added
                end
            end
        end
    end


local function pmid(id)
    return name, etal
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------


Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's dateIf embargo date is
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. 
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
 
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
 
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current templateDoes not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
 
returns nothing


]]
]]
local function name_is_numeric(name, name_alias, list_name)
    local patterns = {
        "^%D+%d", -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
        "^%D*%d+%D+" -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
    }


local function is_embargoed (embargo)
    if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match(name, "^[%A]+$") then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
if is_set (embargo) then
        utilities.set_message("err_numeric_names", name_alias) -- add an error message
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
        added_numeric_name_errs = true -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
        return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
    end
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
 
    if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
            if mw.ustring.match(name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
return embargo; -- still embargoed
                utilities.set_message("maint_numeric_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint cat for this template
else
                added_numeric_name_maint = true -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
                return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
            end
end
        end
end
    end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------


Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
be linked to the articleIf the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character)Titles, degrees,
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
<name> – name parameter value
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
returns nothing
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.


]]
]]
local function name_has_mult_names(name, list_name, limit)
    local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps
    limit = limit and limit or 1
    if utilities.is_set(name) then
        _, commas = name:gsub(",", "") -- count the number of commas
        _, semicolons = name:gsub(";", "") -- count the number of semicolons
        -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
        -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
        -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
        -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
        -- entities
        _, nbsps = name:gsub("&nbsp;", "") -- count nbsps
        -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
        -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
        -- they also can be subtracted.
        if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_mult_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint message
        end
    end
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------


local function pmc(id, embargo)
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
<item> can have on of two values:
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
'generic_titles' – for |title=
local text;


if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
'reject' test. For example,
else -- PMC is only digits
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
tests.
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Returns
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
]=]
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
local function is_generic(item, value, wiki)
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
    local test_val
    local str_lower = {
        -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.lower,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.lower
    }
    local str_find = {
        -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.find,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.find
    }


local function doi(id, inactive)
    local function test(val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
local cat = ""
        val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
        return str_find[wiki](val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]) -- return nil when not found or matched
    end
local text;
 
if is_set(inactive) then
    local test_types_t = {"accept", "reject"} -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
    local wikis_t = {"en", "local"} -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end


if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
    for _, test_type in ipairs(test_types_t) do -- for each test type
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
        for _, generic_value in pairs(cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
end
            for _, wiki in ipairs(wikis_t) do
return text .. inactive .. cat
                if generic_value[wiki] then
                    if test(value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
                        return ("reject" == test_type) -- param value rejected, return true; false else
                    end
                end
            end
        end
    end
end
end


-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
local function openlibrary(id)
 
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
parameter name used in error messaging


if ( code == "A" ) then
]]
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
local function name_is_generic(name, name_alias)
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
    if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic("generic_names", name) then
encode = handler.encode})
        utilities.set_message("err_generic_name", name_alias) -- set an error message
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
        added_generic_name_errs = true
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
    end
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.


Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
]]
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
local function name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
    local accept_name


]]
    if utilities.is_set(last) then
        last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(last) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 
        if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_has_mult_names(last, list_name) -- check for multiple names in the parameter
            name_is_numeric(last, last_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(last, last_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(first) then
        first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(first) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>


local function message_id (id)
        if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
            name_has_mult_names(first, list_name, 0) -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
            name_is_numeric(first, first_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(first, first_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
        local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink(first)
        if 0 ~= wl_type then
            first = D
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", first_alias)
        end
    end


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
    return last, first -- done
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
 
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.
 
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names
    local last  -- individual name components
    local first
    local link
    local mask
    local i = 1 -- loop counter/indexer
    local n = 1 -- output table indexer
    local count = 0 -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
    local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias  -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
if is_set(title_type) then
    while true do
if "none" == title_type then
        last, last_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
        first, first_alias =
end
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
        link, link_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
end
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)


return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
        if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(last, true) -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", last_alias) -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                last = utilities.remove_wiki_link(last) -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
            end
        end
 
        if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(link, false) -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", link_alias) -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                link = nil -- unset so we don't link
                link_alias = nil
            end
        end
 
        last, etal = name_has_etal(last, etal, false, last_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        first, etal = name_has_etal(first, etal, false, first_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        last, first = name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
 
        if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
            local alias = first_alias:find("given", 1, true) and "given" or "first" -- get first or given form of the alias
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_first_missing_last",
                {
                    first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
                    first_alias:gsub(alias, {["first"] = "last", ["given"] = "surname"}) -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
                }
            ) -- add this error message
        elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
            count = count + 1 -- number of times we haven't found last and first
            if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
                break -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
            end
        else -- we have last with or without a first
            local result
            link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, last, last_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
            if first then
                link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, first, first_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup
            end
 
            names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false} -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
            n = n + 1 -- point to next location in the names table
            if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
                utilities.set_message("err_missing_name", {list_name:match("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}) -- add this error message
            end
            count = 0 -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
        end
        i = i + 1 -- point to next args location
    end
 
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
 
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources


]]
]]
local function name_tag_get(lang_param)
    local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower(lang_param) -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
    local name
    local tag


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc] -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
    if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
end
        if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
            return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
        end
        return name, lang_param_lc -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
    end
 
    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
    if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
        return name, tag -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
    end


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
    if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
        return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2] -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
    end


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
    name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
    if name then
        return name, lang_param_lc -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
    end


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
    tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


]]
    if tag then
        return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
    end


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end


while true do
    if tag then
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
        name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag] -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
        if name then
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
            return name, tag -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
        end
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
    end
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.


Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]
local function language_parameter(lang)
    local tag  -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
    local lang_subtag  -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
    local name  -- the language name
    local language_list = {} -- table of language names to be rendered
    local names_t = {} -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
    local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get this wiki's language name
if is_set (title) then
 
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
    names_t = mw.text.split(lang, "%s*,%s*") -- names should be a comma separated list
else
 
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
    for _, lang in ipairs(names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
end
        name, tag = name_tag_get(lang) -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
        if utilities.is_set(tag) then
            lang_subtag = tag:gsub("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*", "%1") -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
            if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
                if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source", {name, tag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
                else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source-2", {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
                end
            elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
                utilities.add_prop_cat("local-lang-source", {name, lang_subtag}) -- categorize it
            end
        else
            name = lang -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
        end


]]
        table.insert(language_list, name)
        name = "" -- so we can reuse it
    end


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
    name = utilities.make_sep_list(#language_list, language_list)
local pattern;
    if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
        return "" -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
    end
while true do
    return (" " .. wrap_msg("language", name)) -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
    --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
]]
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
 
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
end));
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
end
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local function set_cs_style(postscript, mode)
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
    if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
return str;
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
end
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
        if mode == "cs1" and postscript == cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode] then
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
        end
    else
        postscript = cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode]
    end
    return cfg.presentation["sep_" .. mode], postscript
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.


]]
]]
local function set_style(mode, postscript, cite_class)
    local sep
    if "cs2" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    elseif "cs1" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    elseif "citation" == cite_class then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    else
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    end


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
    if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == "none" then
--[[
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
        if "cs2" == mode or ("cs1" ~= mode and "citation" == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
        end
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
        postscript = ""
]]
    end
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
    return sep, postscript
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
end
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
]=]
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
local function is_pdf(url)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
    return url:match("%.pdf$") or url:match("%.PDF$") or url:match("%.pdf[%?#]") or url:match("%.PDF[%?#]") or
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
        url:match("%.PDF&#035") or
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
        url:match("%.pdf&#035")
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
end


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]
local function style_format(format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    if utilities.is_set(format) then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", format) -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
        if not utilities.is_set(url) then
            utilities.set_message("err_format_missing_url", {fmt_param, url_param}) -- add an error message
        end
    elseif is_pdf(url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", "PDF") -- set format to PDF
    else
        format = "" -- empty string for concatenation
    end
    return format
end


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.


]]
]]
local function get_display_names(max, count, list_name, etal, param)
    if utilities.is_set(max) then
        if "etal" == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            max = count + 1 -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
            etal = true -- overrides value set by extract_names()
        elseif max:match("^%d+$") then -- if is a string of numbers
            max = tonumber(max) -- make it a number
            if (max >= count) and ("cs1 config" ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
                utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
                max = nil
            end
        else -- not a valid keyword or number
            utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
            max = nil -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
        end
    end


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
    return max, etal
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check(val, name)
    if not val:match(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
        for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
            if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
                utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_pages", name) -- add error message
                return -- and done
            end
        end
    end
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.


local function list_people(control, people, etal)
For |volume=:
local sep;
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
local namesep;
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
local format = control.format
are allowed.
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
For |issue=:
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: '' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
else
numero sign U+2116.
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
if is_set(person.last) then
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
local mask = person.mask
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end


if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
]]
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(val, name, selector)
end
    if not utilities.is_set(val) then
table.insert( text, one )
        return
table.insert( text, sep_one )
    end
end
end


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
    local handler = "v" == selector and "err_extra_text_volume" or "err_extra_text_issue"
if count > 0 then
    val = val:lower() -- force parameter value to lower case
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
    for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
end
        if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
            utilities.set_message(handler, name) -- add error message
end
            return -- and done
        end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
    end
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
 
]=]


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
local function get_v_name_table(vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
    local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(vparam)
    if accept then
        utilities.add_prop_cat("vanc-accept") -- add properties category
    end
    local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
    local wl_type, label, link -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder


]]
    local i = 1


local function anchor_id( options )
    while name_table[i] do
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
        if name_table[i]:match("^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$") then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
            local name = name_table[i]
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
            i = i + 1 -- bump indexer to next segment
else
            while name_table[i] do
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
                name = name .. ", " .. name_table[i] -- concatenate with previous segments
end
                if name_table[i]:match("^.*%)%)$") then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
                    break -- and done reassembling so
                end
                i = i + 1 -- bump indexer
            end
            table.insert(output_table, name) -- and add corporate name to the output table
            table.insert(output_link_table, "") -- no wikilink
        else
            wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(name_table[i]) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
            table.insert(output_table, label) -- add this name
            if 1 == wl_type then
                table.insert(output_link_table, label) -- simple wikilink [[D]]
            else
                table.insert(output_link_table, link) -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
            end
        end
        i = i + 1
    end
    return output_table
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme eof et al.  If found,
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |displayeditors=etal


]]
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors(args, vparam, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
    local v_name_table = {}
    local v_link_table = {} -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
    local last, first, link, mask, suffix
    local corporate = false
    vparam, etal = name_has_etal(vparam, etal, true) -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
    v_name_table = get_v_name_table(vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table) -- names are separated by commas


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
    for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
        first = "" -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
        local accept_name
        v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(v_name) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
        if accept_name then
local pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
            last = v_name
            corporate = true -- flag used in list_people()
if name:match (pattern) then -- variants on et al.
        elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
            if v_name:find("[;%.]") then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
            end
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
            local lastfirstTable = {}
end
            lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
end
            first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
end
 
return name, etal; --  
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u+$") then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
                suffix = first -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
                first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- get what should be the initials from the table
            end
            last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
            if not utilities.is_set(last) then
                first = "" -- unset
                last = v_name -- last empty because something wrong with first
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i)
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(last, "%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+") then
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["missing comma"], i) -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(v_name, " %u %u$") then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- matches a space between two initials
            end
        else
            last = v_name -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(first) then
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
            end
            is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, i) -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
            if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
                first = first .. " " .. suffix -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
                suffix = "" -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
            end
        else
            if not corporate then
                is_good_vanc_name(last, "", nil, i)
            end
        end
 
        link =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) or
            v_link_table[i]
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate} -- add this assembled name to our names list
    end
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
Only one of these appropriate three will be usedThe hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/ConfigurationThis keeps 'et al.' out of the
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name listThere may be a better
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.


]]
]]
local function select_author_editor_source(vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
    local lastfirst = false
    if
        utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 1) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 1) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 2) or
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 2)
    then
        lastfirst = true
    end


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
    if
local names = {}; -- table of names
        (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local last; -- individual name components
            (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set(xxxxors)) or
local first;
            (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set(xxxxors))
local link;
    then
local mask;
        local err_name
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
        if "AuthorList" == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
            err_name = "author"
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
        else
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
            err_name = "editor"
        end
        utilities.set_message("err_redundant_parameters", err_name .. "-name-list parameters") -- add error message
    end
 
    if true == lastfirst then
        return 1
    end -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
    if utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) then
        return 2
    end
    if utilities.is_set(xxxxors) then
        return 3
    end
    return 1 -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.


while true do
TODO: explain <invert>
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
]]
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local function is_valid_parameter_value(value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
    if not utilities.is_set(value) then
        return ret_val -- an empty parameter is ok
    end


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
    if (not invert and utilities.in_array(value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
        return cfg.keywords_xlate[value] -- return translation of parameter keyword
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
    elseif invert and not utilities.in_array(value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
        return value -- return <value> as it is
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
    else
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
        utilities.set_message("err_invalid_param_val", {name, value}) -- not an allowed value so add error message
end
        return ret_val
else -- we have last with or without a first
    end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local function extract_ids( args )
 
local id_list = {};
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
single space character.
end
 
return id_list;
]]
local function terminate_name_list(name_list, sepc)
    if (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ". ") then -- if already properly terminated
        return name_list -- just return the name list
    elseif (string.sub(name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. "]]") then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
        return name_list .. " " -- don't add another
    else
        return name_list .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terminate the name list
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------


Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


]]
]]
local function format_volume_issue(volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(volume) and not utilities.is_set(issue) and not utilities.is_set(article) then
        return ""
    end


local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
    -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local new_list, handler = {};
    local is_journal =
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)


function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
    local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match("^[MDCLXVI]+$") or volume:match("^%d+$")) -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
    local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
 
-- fallback to read-only cfg
    if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
        utilities.add_prop_cat("long-vol") -- yes, add properties cat
    end
if handler.mode == 'external' then
 
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
    if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
        local vol = ""
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return a[1] < b[1];
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
 


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
        if utilities.is_set(volume) then
-- the citation information.
            if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
local function COinS(data, class)
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, volume}) -- render in bold face
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
            elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
return '';
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-vol"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- not bold
end
            else -- four or fewer characters
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- bold
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
            end
        end
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(issue) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-issue"], issue) or "")
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(article) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-article-num"], article) or "")
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
        return vol
if is_set(value) then
    end
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then
if is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
end
if is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
        if #data.Authors > 1 then
                  if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
  elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
  end
                end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


    if "podcast" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
    if "conference" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
        if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(article) then -- both volume and article number
            return wrap_msg("vol-art", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), article}, lower)
        elseif utilities.is_set(article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
            return wrap_msg("art", {sepc, article}, lower)
        end
    end


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
    -- all other types of citation
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
    if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("vol-no", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), issue}, lower)
    elseif utilities.is_set(volume) then
        return wrap_msg("vol", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}, lower)
    else
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end
end


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
The return order is:
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
page, pages, sheet, sheets
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.


]]
]]
local function format_pages_sheets(page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
    if "map" == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
        if utilities.is_set(sheet) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheet", sheet, lower), ""
            else
                return "", "", wrap_msg("sheet", {sepc, sheet}, lower), ""
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(sheets) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheets", sheets, lower)
            else
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("sheets", {sepc, sheets}, lower)
            end
        end
    end


local function get_iso639_code (lang)
    local is_journal =
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
        "journal" == cite_class or
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], page), "", "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        else
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], pages), "", "", ""
        elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        else
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        end
    end


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
    return "", "", "", "" -- return empty strings
end


There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?


]]
]]
local function insource_loc_get(page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
    local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L  -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)


local function language_parameter (lang)
    if utilities.is_set(page) then
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
        if utilities.is_set(pages) or utilities.is_set(at) then
local name; -- the language name
            pages = "" -- unset the others
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
            at = ""
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(page, page_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(page) -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            page = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in page") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            page =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, page}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if utilities.is_set(at) then
            at = "" -- unset
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(pages, pages_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(pages) -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            pages = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in pages") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            pages =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, pages}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(at) then
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(at) -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            at = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in at") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            at = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, at})
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    end


if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
    return page, pages, at, coins_pages
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value


]]
]]
local function is_unique_archive_url(archive, url, c_url, source, date)
    if utilities.is_set(archive) then
        if archive == url or archive == c_url then
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)}) -- add error message
            return "", "" -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
        end
    end


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
    return archive, date
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.


]]
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
|archive-date= and an error message when:
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
end
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
correct place
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
rendered style.
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


]]
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
local sep;
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
]=]
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
local function archive_url_check(url, date)
    local err_msg = "" -- start with the error message empty
    local path, timestamp, flag  -- portions of the archive.org URL


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
    timestamp =
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") -- this timestamp needs cleanup
    if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
        return url, date, timestamp:gsub("[%.%-]", "") -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
    end
    -- here for archive.org urls
    if (not url:match("//web%.archive%.org/")) and (not url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/")) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
        return url, date -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end


]]
    if url:match("//web%.archive%.org/save/") then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save
        url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org)/save/", "%1/*/", 1) -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
    elseif url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/") then
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb
    else
        path, timestamp, flag = url:match("//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/") -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
        if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
        elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
            if "*" ~= flag then
                local replacement = timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d") or timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d") -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
                if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
                    replacement = replacement .. string.rep("0", 14 - replacement:len()) -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
                    url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*", "%1" .. replacement .. "*", 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
                end
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(path) and "web/" ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not utilities.is_set(path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not flag:match("%a%a_") then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        else
            return url, date, timestamp -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
        end
    end
    -- if here, something not right so
    utilities.set_message("err_archive_url", {err_msg}) -- add error message and


local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
    if is_preview_mode then
local sep;
        return url, date, timestamp -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
    else
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
        return "", "" -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
    end
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
if is_set (mode) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
applying the pdf icon to external links.
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits


]=]
]]
local function place_check(param_val)
    if not utilities.is_set(param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
        return param_val -- return that empty state
    end
 
    if mw.ustring.find(param_val, "%d") then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
        utilities.set_message("maint_location") -- yep, add maint cat
    end


local function is_pdf (url)
    return param_val -- and done
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]
local function is_archived_copy(title)
    title = mw.ustring.lower(title) -- switch title to lower case
    if title:find(cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
        return true
    elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"] then
        if mw.ustring.find(title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
            return true
        end
    end
end
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
if is_set (format) then
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
if not is_set (url) then
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
set overridden maint category
end
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
]]
local function display_names_select(global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
    if global_display_names and utilities.is_set(local_display_names) then -- when both
        if "etal" == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            number_of_names = tonumber(number_of_names) -- convert these to numbers for comparison
            local global_display_names_num = tonumber(global_display_names) -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
            if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
                utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
some variant of the text 'et al.').
                return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
            else
                return local_display_names, param_name -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
            end
        end
        -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    end
    -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
    if global_display_names then
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    else
        return local_display_names, param_name -- return local
    end
end


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message


]]
]]
local function mode_set(Mode, Mode_origin)
    local mode
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        mode =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"],
            "cs1 config: mode",
            cfg.keywords_lists["mode"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        mode = is_valid_parameter_value(Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists["mode"], "")
    end


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] and utilities.is_set(Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
if is_set (max) then
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
    end
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
    return mode
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------


Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]
local function quote_make(quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
    if utilities.is_set(quote) or utilities.is_set(trans_quote) or utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
        if utilities.is_set(quote) then
            if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
                quote = quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
        end
        quote = kern_quotes(quote) -- kern if needed
        quote = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-text", quote) -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
        if utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
            quote = script_concatenate(quote, script_quote, "script-quote") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
        end
        if utilities.is_set(trans_quote) then
            if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
                trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
            quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_quote)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
            local quote_prefix = ""
            if utilities.is_set(quote_page) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_page, "quote-page") -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_pages, "quote-pages") -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                elseif not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                end
            end


local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
            quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
        else
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
            quote = sepc .. " " .. quote
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
        end
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';


if is_set (nopp) then -- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
        postscript = "" -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
return;
    elseif utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
end
        quote_page = nil -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
        quote_pages = nil
    end


if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
    return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
]]
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
local function check_publisher_name(publisher)
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
    local patterns_t = {
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$", -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$" -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
    }


]]
    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
        if mw.ustring.match(publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
            utilities.set_message("maint_publisher_location") -- set a maint message
            return -- and done
        end
    end
end


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
return boolean true when:
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
corporate = true;
|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
    lastfirstTable = {}
|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
return nil when |page(s)= values:
are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
have external urls (has text 'http')
are digit-only values less than 10000
do not match |doi= values's trailing characters


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
]]
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
local function is_page_art_num(page, doi)
    if not (utilities.is_set(page) and utilities.is_set(doi)) then -- both required
        return -- abandon; nothing to do
    end


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
    if page:match("[,;_−–—‒%-]") then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
        return -- abandon
    end


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
    page = page:lower() -- because doi names are case insensitive
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
    doi = doi:lower() -- force these to lowercase for testing
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
    if page:match("http") then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
        return -- abandon
    end


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
    if tonumber(page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only
        if 10000 > tonumber(page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000
            return -- abandon
        end


]]
        if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
            return true
        end


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
        if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
local lastfirst = false;
            local dot_page = page:gsub("(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)", "%1.%2") -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
            if doi:match(dot_page .. "$") then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
                return true
lastfirst=true;
            end
end
        end
    else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
        if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
            if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end


if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
            local epage = page:match("^e([%w]+)$") -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
            if epage and doi:match(epage .. "$") then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
                return true
local err_name;
            end
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
            local cdpage = page:match("^cd%d+$") -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
            if cdpage and doi:match(cdpage .. "%.pub%d$") then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
                return true
return 0; -- no authors so return 0
            end
        end
    end
end
end


Line 2,118: Line 2,769:


]]
]]
 
local function citation0(config, args)
local function citation0( config, args)
    --[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
    local A = argument_wrapper(args)
    local i
 
    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
    local author_etal
    local a = {} -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
    local Authors
    local NameListStyle
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"],
            "cs1 config: name-list-style",
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            A["NameListStyle"],
            A:ORIGIN("NameListStyle"),
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        )
    end
 
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] and utilities.is_set(A["NameListStyle"]) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end
 
    local Collaboration = A["Collaboration"]
 
    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Vauthors"], A["Authors"], args, "AuthorList")
        if 1 == selected then
            a, author_etal = extract_names(args, "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, A["Vauthors"], "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 3 == selected then
            Authors = A["Authors"] -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            author_etal = true -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
        end
    end
 
    local editor_etal
    local e = {} -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Veditors"], nil, args, "EditorList") -- support for |editors= withdrawn
        if 1 == selected then
            e, editor_etal = extract_names(args, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, args.veditors, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        end
    end
 
    local Chapter = A["Chapter"] -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
    local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
    local Contribution  -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
    if "contribution" == Chapter_origin then
        Contribution = Chapter -- get the name of the contribution
    end
    local c = {} -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(A["Periodical"]) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
        c = extract_names(args, "ContributorList") -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
        if 0 < #c then
            if not utilities.is_set(Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "contribution") -- add missing contribution error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
            if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "author") -- add missing author error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
        end
    else -- if not a book cite
        if utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases["ContributorList-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", 1) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
            utilities.set_message("err_contributor_ignored") -- add contributor ignored error message
        end
        Contribution = nil -- unset
    end
 
    local Title = A["Title"]
    local TitleLink = A["TitleLink"]
 
    local auto_select = "" -- default is auto
    local accept_link
    TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true) -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
    if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array(TitleLink, {"none", "pmc", "doi"}) then -- check for special keywords
        auto_select = TitleLink -- remember selection for later
        TitleLink = "" -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
    end
 
    TitleLink = link_title_ok(TitleLink, A:ORIGIN("TitleLink"), Title, "title") -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
    local Section = "" -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
    if "map" == config.CitationClass and "section" == Chapter_origin then
        Section = A["Chapter"] -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
        Chapter = "" -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
    end
 
    local Periodical = A["Periodical"]
    local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Periodical")
    local ScriptPeriodical = A["ScriptPeriodical"]
    local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptPeriodical")
    local TransPeriodical = A["TransPeriodical"]
    local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransPeriodical")
 
    if
        (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)))
    then
        local param
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
            Periodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical) then
            TransPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = TransPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            ScriptPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = ScriptPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {param}) -- emit an error message
        end
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
        local i
        Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
        if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {Periodical_origin})
        end
    end
 
    if "mailinglist" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(A["MailingList"]) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Periodical_origin) ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "mailinglist")
                }
            )
        end
 
        Periodical = A["MailingList"] -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
        Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("MailingList")
    end
 
    -- web and news not tested for now because of
    -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
    if not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
        -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
        local p = {["journal"] = "journal", ["magazine"] = "magazine"} -- for error message
        if p[config.CitationClass] then
            utilities.set_message("err_missing_periodical", {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]})
        end
    end
 
    local Volume
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            if not utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            if "script-website" ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        else
            Volume = A["Volume"] -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
        Volume = A["Volume"]
    end
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Volume, A:ORIGIN("Volume"), "v")
 
    local Issue
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
        if
            not (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"conference", "map", "citation"}) and
                not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)))
        then
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    end
 
    local ArticleNumber
 
    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "conference"}) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
    then
        ArticleNumber = A["ArticleNumber"]
    end
 
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Issue, A:ORIGIN("Issue"), "i")
 
    local Page
    local Pages
    local At
    local QuotePage
    local QuotePages
    if not utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
        Page = A["Page"]
        Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Pages"])
        At = A["At"]
        QuotePage = A["QuotePage"]
        QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["QuotePages"])
    end


local i
    local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoPP"], A:ORIGIN("NoPP"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
if in_array(NoPP:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
PPPrefix = ''; -- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
PPrefix = '';
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    local Mode = mode_set(A["Mode"], A:ORIGIN("Mode"))
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=


do -- to limit scope of selected
    -- separator character and postscript
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
    local sepc, PostScript = set_style(Mode:lower(), A["PostScript"], config.CitationClass)
if 1 == selected then
    local Quote
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
    Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript =
elseif 2 == selected then
        quote_make(A["Quote"], A["TransQuote"], A["ScriptQuote"], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript)
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
    local Edition = A["Edition"]
local Others = A['Others'];
    local PublicationPlace = place_check(A["PublicationPlace"], A:ORIGIN("PublicationPlace"))
    local Place = place_check(A["Place"], A:ORIGIN("Place"))


local editor_etal;
    local PublisherName = A["PublisherName"]
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
    local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublisherName")
local Editors;
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then
        local i = 0
        PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(PublisherName) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
        if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {PublisherName_origin})
        end
    end


do -- to limit scope of selected
    if ("document" == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_publisher", {config.CitationClass, "publisher"})
if 1 == selected then
    end
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end


if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
    local Newsgroup = A["Newsgroup"] -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
    local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN("Newsgroup")
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
end


local Year = A['Year'];
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
        if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {PublisherName_origin})
local Date = A['Date'];
        end
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated but used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local Series = A['Series'];
        PublisherName = nil -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
local Volume = A['Volume'];
    end
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];


local Edition = A['Edition'];
    if
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
        "book" == config.CitationClass or "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
local Place = A['Place'];
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
    then
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
        local accept
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
        PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(PublisherName) -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
        if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
local Via = A['Via'];
            check_publisher_name(PublisherName) -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
        end
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
    end
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
    local URL = A["URL"] -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local Language = A['Language'];
    local UrlAccess =
local Format = A['Format'];
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("UrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
    if not utilities.is_set(URL) and utilities.is_set(UrlAccess) then
local ID = A['ID'];
        UrlAccess = nil
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", "url")
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
    end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
    local ChapterURL = A["ChapterURL"]
    local ChapterUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(
        A["ChapterUrlAccess"],
        A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"),
        cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"],
        nil
    )
    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
        ChapterUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"):gsub("%-access", "")})
    end


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
    local MapUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["MapUrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("MapUrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
    if not utilities.is_set(A["MapURL"]) and utilities.is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
        MapUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {"map-url"})
    end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- also used for COinS and for language
    local no_tracking_cats =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoTracking"], A:ORIGIN("NoTracking"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
    -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
    if not utilities.is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
        if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
            no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
        end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
        for _, v in ipairs(cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
            if this_page.text:match(v) then -- test page name against each pattern
                no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
                break -- bail out if one is found
            end
        end
    end
    -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
    utilities.select_one(args, {"page", "p", "pp", "pages", "at", "sheet", "sheets"}, "err_redundant_parameters") -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
    local coins_pages
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];


--these are used by cite interview
    Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get(Page, A:ORIGIN("Page"), Pages, A:ORIGIN("Pages"), At)
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
        utilities.add_prop_cat("location-test") -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
        if PublicationPlace == Place then
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
            Place = "" -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
        end
    elseif not utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
        PublicationPlace = Place -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
    if PublicationPlace == Place then
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
        Place = ""
local PostScript;
    end -- don't need both if they are the same
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
    local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("URL") -- get name of parameter that holds URL
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
    local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
    local ScriptChapter = A["ScriptChapter"]
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
    local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptChapter")
end
    local Format = A["Format"]
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
    local ChapterFormat = A["ChapterFormat"]
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
    local TransChapter = A["TransChapter"]
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
    local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
break; -- bail out if one is found
    local TransTitle = A["TransTitle"]
end
    local ScriptTitle = A["ScriptTitle"]
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
    --[[
if is_set(Page) then
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
When the citation has these parameters:
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
--[[
]]
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
    local Encyclopedia = A["Encyclopedia"] -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
When the citation has these parameters:
    local ScriptEncyclopedia = A["ScriptEncyclopedia"]
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
    local TransEncyclopedia = A["TransEncyclopedia"]
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
    if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
        if "encyclopaedia" ~= config.CitationClass and "citation" ~= config.CitationClass then
            if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")})
            end
            Encyclopedia = nil -- unset these because not supported by this template
            ScriptEncyclopedia = nil
            TransEncyclopedia = nil
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(TransEncyclopedia) then
        utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"encyclopedia"})
    end
 
    if
        ("encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
    then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {Periodical_origin})
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then
            Periodical = Encyclopedia -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
            Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")
            ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia
            ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")
 
            if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then
                if not utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
                    Chapter = Title -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
                    ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
                    ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
                    TransChapter = TransTitle
                    ChapterURL = URL
                    ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
                    ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
                    ChapterFormat = Format
 
                    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(TitleLink) then
                        Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Chapter)
                    end
                    Title = Periodical -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
                    ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                    TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                    Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                    ScriptPeriodical = ""
                    URL = ""
                    Format = ""
                    TitleLink = ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(Chapter) or utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
                Title = Periodical -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
                ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                ScriptPeriodical = ""
            end
        end
    end
 
    -- special case for cite techreport.
    local ID = A["ID"]
    if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
        if utilities.is_set(A["Number"]) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
            if not utilities.is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
                ID = A["Number"] -- yes, use it
            else -- ID has a value so emit error message
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "id") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "number")
                    }
                )
            end
        end
    end
 
    -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local ChapterLink  -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
    local Conference = A["Conference"]
    local BookTitle = A["BookTitle"]
    local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransTitle")
    if "conference" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(BookTitle) then
            Chapter = Title
            Chapter_origin = "title"
            -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            URL_origin = ""
            ChapterFormat = Format
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin
            Title = BookTitle
            Format = ""
            -- TitleLink = '';
            TransTitle = ""
            URL = ""
        end
    elseif "speech" ~= config.CitationClass then
        Conference = "" -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
    end
 
    local use_lowercase = (sepc == ",") -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
    -- cite map oddities
    local Cartography = ""
    local Scale = ""
    local Sheet = A["Sheet"] or ""
    local Sheets = A["Sheets"] or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "map") ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Chapter_origin)
                }
            ) -- add error message
        end
        Chapter = A["Map"]
        Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Map")
        ChapterURL = A["MapURL"]
        ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("MapURL")
        TransChapter = A["TransMap"]
        ScriptChapter = A["ScriptMap"]
        ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptMap")
 
        ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess
        ChapterFormat = A["MapFormat"]
 
        Cartography = A["Cartography"]
        if utilities.is_set(Cartography) then
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("cartography", Cartography, use_lowercase)
        end
        Scale = A["Scale"]
        if utilities.is_set(Scale) then
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale
        end
    end
 
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local Series = A["Series"]
    if "episode" == config.CitationClass or "serial" == config.CitationClass then
        local SeriesLink = A["SeriesLink"]


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
        SeriesLink = link_title_ok(SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN("SeriesLink"), Series, "series") -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
        local Network = A["Network"]
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
        local Station = A["Station"]
]]
        local s, n = {}, {}
        -- do common parameters first
        if utilities.is_set(Network) then
            table.insert(n, Network)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Station) then
            table.insert(n, Station)
        end
        ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. " ")


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
        if "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
            local Season = A["Season"]
            local SeriesNumber = A["SeriesNumber"]


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
            if utilities.is_set(Season) and utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
                utilities.set_message(
if is_set(Title) then
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
if not is_set(Chapter) then
                    {
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "season") ..
TransChapter = TransTitle;
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "seriesno")
ChapterURL = URL;
                    }
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
                ) -- add error message
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
                SeriesNumber = "" -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
            end
Title = Periodical;
            -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
ChapterFormat = Format;
            if utilities.is_set(Season) then
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("season", Season, use_lowercase))
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
            end
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
            if utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("seriesnum", SeriesNumber, use_lowercase))
TitleLink = ''; -- redundant so unset
            end
end
            if utilities.is_set(Issue) then
else -- |title not set
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("episode", Issue, use_lowercase))
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
            end
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
            Issue = "" -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
end
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
            Chapter = Title -- promote title parameters to chapter
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
            ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
            ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
            ChapterLink = TitleLink -- alias |episode-link=
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
            TransChapter = TransTitle
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
            ChapterURL = URL
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
end
            ChapterFormat = Format
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
            Title = Series -- promote series to title
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
            TitleLink = SeriesLink
if is_set(Program) then
            Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. " ") -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end


if is_set(Others) then
            if utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set(TitleType) then
                Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Chapter)
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
            elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
TitleType = '';
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Series)
else
            end
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
            URL = "" -- unset
end
            TransTitle = ""
else
            ScriptTitle = ""
Others = '(Interview)';
            Format = ""
end
        else -- now oddities that are cite serial
end
            Issue = "" -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
            Chapter = A["Episode"] -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
            if utilities.is_set(Series) and utilities.is_set(SeriesLink) then
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(SeriesLink, Series)
            end
            Series = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Series) -- series is italicized
        end
    end
    -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- special case for cite mailing list
    -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
    local TitleType = A["TitleType"]
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
    local Degree = A["Degree"]
end
    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "AV-media-notes",
                "document",
                "interview",
                "mailinglist",
                "map",
                "podcast",
                "pressrelease",
                "report",
                "speech",
                "techreport",
                "thesis"
            }
        )
    then
        TitleType = set_titletype(config.CitationClass, TitleType)
        if utilities.is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
            TitleType = Degree .. " " .. cfg.title_types["thesis"]:lower()
        end
    end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
        TitleType = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["type"], TitleType) -- display it in parentheses
if is_set(BookTitle) then
    -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
Chapter = Title;
    end
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
    -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Cartography = "";
    local Date = A["Date"]
local Scale = "";
    local Date_origin  -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
    local PublicationDate = A["PublicationDate"]
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
    local Year = A["Year"]
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.is_set(Year) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
        validation.year_check(Year) -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
    end
local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
local Ended = A['Ended'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};


-- do common parameters first
    if not utilities.is_set(Date) then
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
        Date = Year -- promote Year to Date
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
        Year = nil -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
        if not utilities.is_set(Date) and utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
            Date = PublicationDate -- promote PublicationDate to Date
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
            PublicationDate = "" -- unset, no longer needed
if is_set (AirDate) then
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
Date = AirDate;
        else
elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Year") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
        end
Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator
    else
else
        Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Date") -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces
    end
end
end
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
    if PublicationDate == Date then
local Season = A['Season'];
        PublicationDate = ""
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
    end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
    --[[
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
we get the date used in the metadata.
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
]]
TransChapter = TransTitle;
    local DF = is_valid_parameter_value(A["DF"], A:ORIGIN("DF"), cfg.keywords_lists["df"], "")
ChapterURL = URL;
    if not utilities.is_set(DF) then
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
        DF = cfg.global_df -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
    end
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
    local ArchiveURL
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
    local ArchiveDate
    local ArchiveFormat = A["ArchiveFormat"]
    local archive_url_timestamp  -- timestamp from wayback machine url
 
    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check(A["ArchiveURL"], A["ArchiveDate"])
    ArchiveFormat = style_format(ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, "archive-format", "archive-url")
 
    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url(ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), ArchiveDate) -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
 
    local AccessDate = A["AccessDate"]
    local COinS_date = {} -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
    local DoiBroken = A["DoiBroken"]
    local Embargo = A["Embargo"]
    local anchor_year  -- used in the CITEREF identifier
    do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
        local error_message = ""
        -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
        local date_parameters_list = {
            ["access-date"] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN("AccessDate")},
            ["archive-date"] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveDate")},
            ["date"] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
            ["doi-broken-date"] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
            ["pmc-embargo-date"] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN("Embargo")},
            ["publication-date"] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate")},
            ["year"] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN("Year")}
        }
 
        local error_list = {}
        anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list)
 
        if utilities.is_set(Year) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
            validation.year_date_check(Year, A:ORIGIN("Year"), Date, A:ORIGIN("Date"), error_list)
        end
 
        if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
            local modified = false -- flag
 
            if utilities.is_set(DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
                modified = validation.reformat_dates(date_parameters_list, DF) -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
            end
 
            if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash(date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
                modified = true
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_format") -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
            end
 
            -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
            if
                cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and
                    validation.date_name_xlate(date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable)
            then
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_auto_xlated") -- add maint cat
                modified = true
            end
 
            if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
                AccessDate = date_parameters_list["access-date"].val -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
                ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list["archive-date"].val
                Date = date_parameters_list["date"].val
                DoiBroken = date_parameters_list["doi-broken-date"].val
                PublicationDate = date_parameters_list["publication-date"].val
            end
 
            if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                validation.archive_date_check(ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF) -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
            end
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_date", {utilities.make_sep_list(#error_list, error_list)}) -- add this error message
        end
    end -- end of do
 
    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
    then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
                local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber(COinS_date.rftdate:match("%d%d%d%d")) -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
                if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
                    utilities.set_message("maint_location_no_publisher") -- add maint cat
                end
            else -- PublisherName has a value
                if cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
                    PublisherName = "" -- unset
                end
            end
        end
    end
 
    local ID_list = {} -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
    local ID_list_coins = {} -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
    local Class = A["Class"] -- arxiv class identifier
 
    local ID_support = {
        {A["ASINTLD"], "ASIN", "err_asintld_missing_asin", A:ORIGIN("ASINTLD")},
        {DoiBroken, "DOI", "err_doibroken_missing_doi", A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
        {Embargo, "PMC", "err_embargo_missing_pmc", A:ORIGIN("Embargo")}
    }
 
    ID_list, ID_list_coins =
        identifiers.identifier_lists_get(
        args,
        {
            DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi=
            ASINTLD = A["ASINTLD"], -- for |asin=
            Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc=
            Class = Class, -- for |arxiv=
            CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv=
            Year = anchor_year -- for |isbn=
        },
        ID_support
    )
 
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
        if
            not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
                args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]])
        then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
            utilities.set_message("err_" .. config.CitationClass .. "_missing") -- add error message
        end
 
        Periodical =
            ({
            ["arxiv"] = "arXiv",
            ["biorxiv"] = "bioRxiv",
            ["citeseerx"] = "CiteSeerX",
            ["medrxiv"] = "medRxiv",
            ["ssrn"] = "Social Science Research Network"
        })[config.CitationClass]
    end
 
    -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
 
    if
        config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and
            not utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"})
    then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
        if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
            if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] then -- auto-select PMC
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["PMC"].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"] then -- auto-select DOI
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"]
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["DOI"].parameters[1]
            end
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
            if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url") -- add an error message
                AccessDate = "" -- unset
            end
 
            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url") -- add an error message
                ArchiveURL = "" -- unset
            end
        end
    end
 
    -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if not utilities.is_set(Title) and not utilities.is_set(TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
        utilities.set_message("err_citation_missing_title", {"episode" == config.CitationClass and "series" or "title"})
    end
 
    if
        utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"}) and
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
            ("journal" == Periodical_origin or "script-journal" == ScriptPeriodical_origin)
    then -- special case for journal cites
        Title = "" -- set title to empty string
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end
 
    if
        "journal" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
    then
        if
            is_page_art_num(
                ((utilities.is_set(Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set(Pages) and Pages)) or nil,
                ID_list_coins["DOI"]
            )
        then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
            utilities.set_message("maint_page_art_num") -- add maint cat
        end
    end
 
    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
    -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
    -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
    -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 
    local coins_chapter = Chapter -- default assuming that remapping not required
    local coins_title = Title -- et tu
    if
        "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
    then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and utilities.is_set(Title) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if all are used then
            coins_chapter = Title -- remap
            coins_title = Periodical
        end
    end
    local coins_author = a -- default for coins rft.au
    if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
        coins_author = c -- use that instead
    end
 
    -- this is the function call to COinS()
    local OCinSoutput =
        metadata.COinS(
        {
            ["Periodical"] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
            ["Encyclopedia"] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
            ["Chapter"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["Degree"] = Degree, -- cite thesis only
            ["Title"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["PublicationPlace"] = PublicationPlace,
            ["Date"] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
            ["Season"] = COinS_date.rftssn,
            ["Quarter"] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
            ["Chron"] = COinS_date.rftchron,
            ["Series"] = Series,
            ["Volume"] = Volume,
            ["Issue"] = Issue,
            ["ArticleNumber"] = ArticleNumber,
            ["Pages"] = coins_pages or
                metadata.get_coins_pages(first_set({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
            ["Edition"] = Edition,
            ["PublisherName"] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
            ["URL"] = first_set({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
            ["Authors"] = coins_author,
            ["ID_list"] = ID_list_coins,
            ["RawPage"] = this_page.prefixedText
        },
        config.CitationClass
    )
 
    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
        Periodical = "" -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
    end
 
    -- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Newsgroup) then
        PublisherName =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.messages["newsgroup"],
            external_link("news:" .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil)
        )
    end
 
    local Editors
    local EditorCount  -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
    local Contributors  -- assembled contributors name list
    local contributor_etal
    local Translators  -- assembled translators name list
    local translator_etal
    local t = {} -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
    t = extract_names(args, "TranslatorList") -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
    local Interviewers
    local interviewers_list = {}
    interviewers_list = extract_names(args, "InterviewerList") -- process preferred interviewers parameters
    local interviewer_etal
 
    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    do
        local last_first_list
        local control = {
            format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
            maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
            mode = Mode
        }
 
        do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayEditors"],
                A["DisplayEditors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayEditors"),
                #e
            )
            control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #e, "editors", editor_etal, param)
 
            Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal)
 
            if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
                EditorCount = 2 -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
            end
        end
        do -- now do interviewers
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayInterviewers"),
                #interviewers_list
            )
            control.maximum, interviewer_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #interviewers_list, "interviewers", interviewer_etal, param)
 
            Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal)
        end
        do -- now do translators
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayTranslators"],
                A["DisplayTranslators"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayTranslators"),
                #t
            )
            control.maximum, translator_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #t, "translators", translator_etal, param)
 
            Translators = list_people(control, t, translator_etal)
        end
        do -- now do contributors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayContributors"],
                A["DisplayContributors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayContributors"),
                #c
            )
            control.maximum, contributor_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #c, "contributors", contributor_etal, param)
 
            Contributors = list_people(control, c, contributor_etal)
        end
        do -- now do authors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayAuthors"],
                A["DisplayAuthors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayAuthors"),
                #a,
                author_etal
            )
            control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #a, "authors", author_etal, param)
 
            last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal)
 
            if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
                Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal(Authors, author_etal, false, "authors") -- find and remove variations on et al.
                if author_etal then
                    Authors = Authors .. " " .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- add et al. to authors parameter
                end
            else
                Authors = last_first_list -- either an author name list or an empty string
            end
        end -- end of do
 
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) and utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            Authors = Authors .. " (" .. Collaboration .. ")" -- add collaboration after et al.
        end
    end
 
    local ConferenceFormat = A["ConferenceFormat"]
    local ConferenceURL = A["ConferenceURL"]
    ConferenceFormat = style_format(ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, "conference-format", "conference-url")
    Format = style_format(Format, URL, "format", "url")
 
    -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
    if
        not (utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)))
    then
        ChapterFormat = style_format(ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, "chapter-format", "chapter-url")
    end
 
    if not utilities.is_set(URL) then
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    ("website" == Periodical_origin or "script-website" == ScriptPeriodical_origin))
        then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
            utilities.set_message("err_cite_web_url")
        end
 
        -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
        if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
            utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url")
            AccessDate = ""
        end
    end
 
    local UrlStatus =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlStatus"], A:ORIGIN("UrlStatus"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-status"], "")
    local OriginalURL
    local OriginalURL_origin
    local OriginalFormat
    local OriginalAccess
    UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower() -- used later when assembling archived text
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
            OriginalURL = ChapterURL -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
            OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat -- and original |chapter-format=
 
            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then
                ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
                ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                ChapterUrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(URL) then
            OriginalURL = URL -- save copy of original source URL
            OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin -- name of URL parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = Format -- and original |format=
            OriginalAccess = UrlAccess
 
            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
                URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
                Format = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                UrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
        utilities.set_message("maint_url_status") -- add maint cat
    end
 
    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
    then
        local chap_param
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransChapter) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then
            chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin
        else
            utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat)
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterFormat")
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(chap_param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_chapter_ignored", {chap_param}) -- add error message
            Chapter = "" -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
            TransChapter = ""
            ChapterURL = ""
            ScriptChapter = ""
            ChapterFormat = ""
        end
    else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
        local no_quotes = false -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
        if utilities.is_set(Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
            if utilities.in_array(Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
                no_quotes = true -- then render it unquoted
            end
        end
 
        Chapter =
            format_chapter_title(
            ScriptChapter,
            ScriptChapter_origin,
            Chapter,
            Chapter_origin,
            TransChapter,
            TransChapter_origin,
            ChapterURL,
            ChapterURL_origin,
            no_quotes,
            ChapterUrlAccess
        ) -- Contribution is also in Chapter
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat
            if "map" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(TitleType) then
                Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. TitleType -- map annotation here; not after title
            end
            Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " "
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
            Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. " " -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
        end
    end
 
    -- Format main title
    local plain_title = false
    local accept_title
    Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written(Title, true) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
    if accept_title and ("" == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
        Title = cfg.messages["notitle"] -- replace by predefined "No title" message
        -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
        ScriptTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        TransTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        plain_title = true -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end
 
    if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
        if "..." == Title:sub(-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
            Title = Title:gsub("(%.%.%.)%.+$", "%1") -- limit the number of dots to three
        elseif
            not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%.%s*%a%.$") and not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%s+%a%.$") -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
        then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
            Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, "%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy(Title) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_archived_copy") -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
        end
 
        if is_generic("generic_titles", Title) then
            utilities.set_message("err_generic_title") -- set an error message
        end
    end
 
    if
        (not plain_title) and
            (utilities.in_array(
                config.CitationClass,
                {
                    "web",
                    "news",
                    "journal",
                    "magazine",
                    "document",
                    "pressrelease",
                    "podcast",
                    "newsgroup",
                    "mailinglist",
                    "interview",
                    "arxiv",
                    "biorxiv",
                    "citeseerx",
                    "medrxiv",
                    "ssrn"
                }
            ) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                    not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or
                ("map" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical))))
    then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        Title = kern_quotes(Title) -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle)
    elseif plain_title or ("report" == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle) -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
    else
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", TransTitle)
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(TransTitle) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) then
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"title"})
        end
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
        if utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url") -- set an error message because we can't have both
            TitleLink = "" -- unset
        end
 
        if not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            Title = external_link(URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format
            URL = "" -- unset these because no longer needed
            Format = ""
        elseif utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set(URL) then
            local ws_url
            ws_url = wikisource_url_make(TitleLink) -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
            if ws_url then
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title-link") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], TitleLink, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle
            end
        else
            local ws_url, ws_label, L  -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
            ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', "%1")) -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
            if ws_url then
                Title = Title:gsub("%b[]", ws_label) -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            end
        end
    else
        Title = TransTitle
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(Place) then
        Place = " " .. wrap_msg("written", Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "
    end
 
    local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ConferenceURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
    if utilities.is_set(Conference) then
        if utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
            Conference = external_link(ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link(ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
    end
 
    local Position = ""
    if not utilities.is_set(Position) then
        local Minutes = A["Minutes"]
        local Time = A["Time"]
 
        if utilities.is_set(Minutes) then
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "minutes") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "time")
                    }
                )
            end
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages["minutes"]
        else
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A["TimeCaption"]
                if not utilities.is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages["event"]
                    if sepc ~= "." then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower()
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position
        At = ""
    end
 
    Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets =
        format_pages_sheets(
        Page,
        Pages,
        Sheet,
        Sheets,
        config.CitationClass,
        Periodical_origin,
        sepc,
        NoPP,
        use_lowercase
    )
 
    At = utilities.is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""
    Position = utilities.is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        local Sections = A["Sections"] -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
        local Inset = A["Inset"]
 
        if utilities.is_set(Inset) then
            Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("inset", Inset, use_lowercase)
        end
 
        if utilities.is_set(Sections) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("sections", Sections, use_lowercase)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Section) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("section", Section, use_lowercase)
        end
        At = At .. Inset .. Section
    end
 
    local Others = A["Others"]
    if utilities.is_set(Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
        if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
            utilities.set_message("maint_others_avm")
        else
            utilities.set_message("maint_others")
        end
    end
    Others = utilities.is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""
 
    if utilities.is_set(Translators) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("translated", Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Interviewers) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("interview", Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end
 
    local TitleNote = A["TitleNote"]
    TitleNote = utilities.is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Edition) then
        if Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$") or Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]dition$") then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
            utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_edition") -- add error message
        end
        Edition = " " .. wrap_msg("edition", Edition)
    else
        Edition = ""
    end
 
    Series = utilities.is_set(Series) and wrap_msg("series", {sepc, Series}) or "" -- not the same as SeriesNum
    local Agency = A["Agency"] or "" -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
    if utilities.is_set(Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"magazine", "news", "pressrelease", "web"}) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"}))
        then
            Agency = wrap_msg("agency", {sepc, Agency}) -- format for rendering
        else
            Agency = "" -- unset; not supported
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {"agency"}) -- add error message
        end
    end
 
    Volume =
        format_volume_issue(Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase)
 
    if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then
        local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages["retrieved"]
 
        AccessDate = nowrap_date(AccessDate) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
        if (sepc ~= ".") then
            retrv_text = retrv_text:lower()
        end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(retrv_text, AccessDate) -- add retrieved text
 
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["accessdate"], {sepc, AccessDate}) -- allow editors to hide accessdates
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(ID) then
        ID = sepc .. " " .. ID
    end
 
    local Docket = A["Docket"]
    if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then
        ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID
    end
    if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
        ID = sepc .. " " .. Docket -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(URL) then
        URL = " " .. external_link(URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess)
    end
 
    -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
    -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
    -- a displayed postscript.
    -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
    -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
        utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
    end
 
    local Archived
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if not utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_date") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    else
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_date_missing_url") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    end
 
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        local arch_text
        if "live" == UrlStatus then
            arch_text = cfg.messages["archived"]
            if sepc ~= "." then
                arch_text = arch_text:lower()
            end
            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                Archived =
                    sepc ..
                    " " ..
                        utilities.substitute(
                            cfg.messages["archived-live"],
                            {
                                external_link(ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), nil) .. ArchiveFormat,
                                ArchiveDate
                            }
                        )
            else
                Archived = ""
            end
            if not utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
                Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
            if utilities.in_array(UrlStatus, {"unfit", "usurped", "bot: unknown"}) then
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-unfit"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate -- format already styled
                if "bot: unknown" == UrlStatus then
                    utilities.set_message("maint_bot_unknown") -- and add a category if not already added
                else
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("unfit") -- and add a category if not already added
                end
            else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-dead"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                    Archived =
                        sepc ..
                        " " ..
                            utilities.substitute(
                                arch_text,
                                {
                                    external_link(
                                        OriginalURL,
                                        cfg.messages["original"],
                                        OriginalURL_origin,
                                        OriginalAccess
                                    ) .. OriginalFormat,
                                    ArchiveDate
                                }
                            ) -- format already styled
                else
                    Archived = "" -- unset for concatenation
                end
            end
        else -- OriginalUrl not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
            Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(ArchiveFormat) then
        Archived = ArchiveFormat -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
    else
        Archived = ""
    end


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
    local TranscriptURL = A["TranscriptURL"]
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
    local TranscriptFormat = A["TranscriptFormat"]
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
    TranscriptFormat = style_format(TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, "transcript-format", "transcripturl")
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
    local Transcript = A["Transcript"]
end
    local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("TranscriptURL") -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
URL = ''; -- unset
    if utilities.is_set(Transcript) then
TransTitle = ''; -- unset
        if utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
            Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
        end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
        Transcript = sepc .. " " .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
    elseif utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
        Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
    end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local Publisher
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
        PublicationDate = wrap_msg("published", PublicationDate)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
    end
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Series = ''; -- unset
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
        else
end
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
        end
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
    elseif utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
        Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
    else
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
        Publisher = PublicationDate
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
    end


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
    if (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)) then
Chapter = '';
        if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(TitleNote) then
URL = '';
            Periodical =
Format = '';
                sepc ..
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
                " " ..
end
                    format_periodical(
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
                        ScriptPeriodical,
end
                        ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                        Periodical,
                        TransPeriodical,
                        TransPeriodical_origin
                    )
        else
            Periodical =
                format_periodical(
                ScriptPeriodical,
                ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                Periodical,
                TransPeriodical,
                TransPeriodical_origin
            )
        end
    end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
    local Language = A["Language"]
    if utilities.is_set(Language) then
        Language = language_parameter(Language) -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
    else
        --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
        Language = "" -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
    end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
    --[[
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
]]
end
    if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
end
        TitleNote = TitleType -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
        TitleType = "" -- and unset


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
            if utilities.is_set(Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
end
                Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " " -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
            end
        end
    end


-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
if not is_set (Date) then
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(Date) then
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
    local tcommon
    local tcommon2  -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set


--[[
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
we get the date used in the metadata.
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote}, sepc) -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
            tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        else
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "map" == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
            tcommon =
                safe_join(
                {Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume},
                sepc
            )
        else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
        tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
    else -- all other CS1 templates
        tcommon =
            safe_join(
            {
                Title,
                TitleNote,
                Conference,
                Periodical,
                TitleType,
                Series,
                Language,
                Volume,
                Others,
                Edition,
                Publisher,
                Agency
            },
            sepc
        )
    end


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
    if #ID_list > 0 then
]]
        ID_list = safe_join({sepc .. " ", table.concat(ID_list, sepc .. " "), ID}, sepc)
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
    else
local error_message = '';
        ID_list = ID
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
    end
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
    local Via = A["Via"]
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
    Via = utilities.is_set(Via) and wrap_msg("via", Via) or ""
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
    local idcommon
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
    if "audio-visual" == config.CitationClass or "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
end
    else
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
    end
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end


if is_set(error_message) then
    local text
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
    local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At
end
end -- end of do


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
    local OrigDate = A["OrigDate"]
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
    OrigDate = utilities.is_set(OrigDate) and wrap_msg("origdate", OrigDate) or ""
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
    if utilities.is_set(Date) then
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) or utilities.is_set(Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
            Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " " -- in parentheses
        else -- neither of authors and editors set
            if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
                Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date does not begin with sepc
            else
                Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date begins with sepc
            end
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
        if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
            Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = ""
            local post_text = ""
            if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
                in_text = cfg.messages["in"] .. " "
                if (sepc ~= ".") then
                    in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
                end
            end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
            else
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")"
            end
            Editors = terminate_name_list(in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
            local by_text = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages["by"] .. " "
            if (sepc ~= ".") then
                by_text = by_text:lower()
            end -- lowercase for cs2
            Authors = by_text .. Authors -- author follows title so tweak it here
            if utilities.is_set(Editors) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
                Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
                Contributors = terminate_name_list(Contributors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            text =
                safe_join(
                {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon},
                sepc
            )
        else
            text = safe_join({Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(Editors) then
        if utilities.is_set(Date) then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editor"]
            else
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editors"]
            end
        else
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safe_join({Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
    else
        if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc)
        else
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    end


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
        text = safe_join({text, sepc}, sepc) -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
        if "." == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            text = text:gsub("%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- dot must be escaped here
end
        else
end
            text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, sepc .. "$", "") -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
        end
    end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
    text = safe_join({text, PostScript}, sepc)
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
end
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
    local options_t = {}
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
    options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make(config.CitationClass, Mode)
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
    local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value(A["Ref"], A:ORIGIN("Ref"), cfg.keywords_lists["ref"], nil, true) -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ""] then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
        local namelist_t = {} -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
if is_set (PublisherName) then
        local year = first_set({Year, anchor_year}, 2) -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end


        if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
            namelist_t = c -- select it
        elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
            namelist_t = a
        elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
            namelist_t = e
        end
        local citeref_id
        if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
            citeref_id = make_citeref_id(namelist_t, year) -- go make the CITEREF anchor
            if mw.uri.anchorEncode(citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode(Ref)) or "") then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
                utilities.set_message("maint_ref_duplicates_default")
            end
        else
            citeref_id = "" -- unset
        end
        options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id
    end


    if string.len(text:gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
        z.error_cats_t = {} -- blank the categories list
        z.error_msgs_t = {} -- blank the error messages list
        OCinSoutput = nil -- blank the metadata string
        text = "" -- blank the the citation
        utilities.set_message("err_empty_citation") -- set empty citation message and category
    end


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
    local render_t = {} -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do -- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];


maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
    if utilities.is_set(options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
        table.insert(
            render_t,
            utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["cite-id"],
                {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}
            )
        ) -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
    else
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["cite"], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})) -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
    end


local control = {
    if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["ocins"], OCinSoutput)) -- format and append metadata to the citation
maximum = maximum,
    end
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


if is_set (Authors) then
    local template_name =
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
        ("citation" == config.CitationClass) and "citation" or
if author_etal then
        "cite " .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass)
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
    local template_link = "[[Template:" .. template_name .. "|" .. template_name .. "]]"
end
    local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. "}}</code>: "
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


end -- end of do
    if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link))


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
        table.insert(render_t, " ") -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
        table.sort(z.error_msgs_t) -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
end


local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
        local hidden = true -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
do
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
local last_first_list;
            if v:find("cs1-visible-error", 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
                hidden = false -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
                break -- and done because no need to look further
            end
        end


maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
        z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat({utilities.error_comment(msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}) -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
        table.insert(render_t, table.concat(z.error_msgs_t, "; ")) -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
    end
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


local control = {
    if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link))
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
        table.sort(z.maint_cats_t) -- sort the maintenance messages list


if is_set (Editors) then
        local maint_msgs_t = {} -- here we collect all of the maint messages
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
        if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
            table.insert(maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix) -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
        end
end


        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(
                maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
                table.concat({v, " (", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[":cat wikilink"], v), ")"})
            )
        end
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["hidden-maint"], table.concat(maint_msgs_t, " "))) -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
    end


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
    if not no_tracking_cats then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
        local sort_key
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
        local cat_wikilink = "cat wikilink"
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
        if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
            local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace -- get namespace number for this wikitext
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
            sort_key =
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
                (0 ~= namespace_number and
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
                (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or
                nil -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
            cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and "cat wikilink") or "cat wikilink sk" -- make <cfg.messages> key
        end


if  not is_set(URL) then --and
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
        end
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
        if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
            utilities.set_message("maint_id_limit_load_fail") -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
        end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
end
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["cat wikilink"], v)) -- no sort keys
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
        end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
    end
AccessDate = '';
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
    return table.concat(render_t) -- make a big string and done
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
end
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
end
end


-- Format main title.
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
true - active, supported parameters
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
false - deprecated, supported parameters
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
nil - unsupported parameters
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
]]
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
local function validate(name, cite_class, empty)
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
    local name = tostring(name)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
    local enum_name  -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
    local state
else
    local function state_test(state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
        if true == state then
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
            return true
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
        end -- valid actively supported parameter
end
        if false == state then
            if empty then
                return nil
            end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
            deprecated_parameter(name) -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
            return true
        end
        if "tracked" == state then
            local base_name = name:gsub("%d", "") -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
            utilities.add_prop_cat("tracked-param", {base_name}, base_name) -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
            return true
        end
        return nil
    end
 
    if name:find("#") then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
        return nil
    end
    -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(name, "%d+$", "#") -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(enum_name, "%d+([%-l])", "#%1") -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
    if "document" == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
        state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end
 
        return false
    end
 
    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
        state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end


TransError = "";
        state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if is_set(TransTitle) then
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
if is_set(Title) then
            return true
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
        end
else
 
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
        return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
    end -- end limited parameter-set templates
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
        state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
end
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end
    end -- if here, fall into general validation


if is_set (Conference) then
    state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name] -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
    if true == state_test(state, name) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
        return true
end
    end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end


if not is_set(Position) then
    return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
end
if is_set(Minutes) then
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
else
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
if not is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end


if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
local err_msg2;
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
end
if is_set (err_msg2) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
if is_set (Sheets) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
end
end
else
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
end
end
end
end


At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
return value as is else
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


if is_set( Sections ) then
]=]
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


if is_set (Language) then
local function inter_wiki_check(parameter, value)
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
    local prefix = value:match("%[%[(%a+):") -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
else
    local _
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
    if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", parameter) -- emit an error message
        _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink(value) -- extract label portion from wikilink
    end


TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
    return value
if is_set (Edition) then
end
if Edition:match ('[Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('[Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


if is_set(Volume) then
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
if is_set(Via) then
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
end
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.


--[[
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.


]]
]]
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
local function missing_pipe_check(parameter, value)
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
    local capture
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
    value = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
    capture = value:match("%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") or value:match("^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
    if capture and validate(capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_pipe", parameter)
    end
end


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked


if is_set(URL) then
]]
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
local function has_extraneous_punc(param, value)
end
    if "number" == type(param) then
        return
    end


if is_set(Quote) then
    param = param:gsub("%d+", "#") -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
    if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
        return -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
    end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    if value:match("[,;:]$") then
end
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
local Archived
    if value:match("^=") then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
    end
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
 
if "no" == DeadURL then
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription. returns nothing.
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end


local Publisher;
looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end


--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
local function has_twl_url(url_params_t, cite_args_t)
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
    local url_error_t = {} -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
    for param, value in pairs(url_params_t) do
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
        if value:find("%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org") then -- has the TWL base url?
end
            table.insert(url_error_t, param) -- add parameter name to the error list
end
        end
end
    end
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t) -- sor for error messaging
        for i, param in ipairs(url_error_t) do
            if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
                cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
            end
            url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param) -- make the parameter pretty for error message
        end


-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_twl_url", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    end
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
end


local tcommon
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
local sep = '; ';
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
sep = ', ';
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
end
if is_set(Date) then
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
else
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if is_set(Date) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local id = Ref
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
else
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
]]
local function has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t)
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
    local url_error_t = {}
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
    check_for_url(non_url_param_t, url_error_t) -- extraneous url check
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
        table.sort(url_error_t)
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_ext_link", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
end
    end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
end


-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------
function z.citation(frame)
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
Module entry point
local validation;
 
frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
]]
local function _citation(frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
    if not frame then
        frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
    end
    -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
    local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and "" ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or "/sandbox" -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
    is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find(frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true) -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
    sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or "" -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
    cfg = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration" .. sandbox) -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
    whitelist = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist" .. sandbox)
    utilities = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities" .. sandbox)
    validation = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation" .. sandbox)
    identifiers = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers" .. sandbox)
    metadata = require("Module:Citation/CS1/COinS" .. sandbox)
 
    utilities.set_selected_modules(cfg) -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
    identifiers.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
    validation.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
    metadata.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
    z = utilities.z -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
    local cite_args_t = {} -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here
 
    is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set(frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}"))
 
    local suggestions = {} -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
    local error_text  -- used as a flag
 
    local capture  -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
    local empty_unknowns = {} -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
    for k, v in pairs(args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
        v = mw.ustring.gsub(v, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
        if v ~= "" then
            if ("string" == type(k)) then
                k = mw.ustring.gsub(k, "%d", cfg.date_names.local_digits) -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
            end
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass) then
                if type(k) ~= "string" then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text = utilities.set_message("err_text_ignored", {v})
                    end
                elseif validate(k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then
                    error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, k:lower()}) -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
                else
                    if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
                        suggestions = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions" .. sandbox) --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
                    end
                    for pattern, param in pairs(suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
                        capture = k:match(pattern) -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
                        if capture then -- if the pattern matches
                            param = utilities.substitute(param, capture) -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
                            if validate(param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, param}) -- set the suggestion error message
                            else
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k}) -- suggested param not supported by this template
                                v = "" -- unset
                            end
                        end
                    end
                    if not utilities.is_set(error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
                        if
                            (suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil) and
                                validate(suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()], config_t.CitationClass)
                        then
                            utilities.set_message(
                                "err_parameter_ignored_suggest",
                                {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]}
                            )
                        else
                            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k})
                            v = "" -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
                        end
                    end
                end
            end
 
            cite_args_t[k] = v -- save this parameter and its value
        elseif not utilities.is_set(v) then -- for empty parameters
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
                k = ("" == k) and "(empty string)" or k -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
                table.insert(empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k)) -- format for error message and add to the list
            end
        end
    end
 
    if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
        utilities.set_message(
            "err_param_unknown_empty",
            {
                1 == #empty_unknowns and "" or "s",
                utilities.make_sep_list(#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
            }
        )
    end
 
    local non_url_param_t = {} -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
    local url_param_t = {} -- table of url-holding paramters and their values


else -- otherwise
    for k, v in pairs(cite_args_t) do
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
        if "string" == type(k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
            has_invisible_chars(k, v) -- look for invisible characters
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
        end
end
        has_extraneous_punc(k, v) -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
        missing_pipe_check(k, v) -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
        cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check(k, v) -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
        if "string" == type(k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
            if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
                non_url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
            else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
                url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
            end
        end
    end


local args = {};
    has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t) -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
local suggestions = {};
    has_twl_url(url_param_t, cite_args_t) -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url
local error_text, error_state;


local config = {};
    return table.concat(
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
        {
config[k] = v;
            frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", "", {src = "Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox .. "/styles.css"}),
args[k] = v;  
            citation0(config_t, cite_args_t)
end
        }
    )
end


for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
--[[---------------------------< C I T A T I O N >------------------------------
if v ~= '' then
  Template entry point.
if not validate( k ) then
]]
error_text = "";
local function citation(frame)
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
  local config_t = {}  -- Table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
  local args_t  = frame:getParent().args  -- Get template's preset parameters.
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
  for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do  -- Get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
end
    config_t[k] = v
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
    -- Crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
    -- {{#invoke:}}, skipping parameter validation. TODO: Keep?
else
    -- args_t[k] = v
if #suggestions == 0 then
  end
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
  return _citation(frame, args_t, config_t)
end
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v;
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return z
--[[-----------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------]]
return {
  citation  = citation,  -- Template entry point.
  _citation = _citation  -- Module entry point.
}

Latest revision as of 16:50, 22 December 2025

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc

require("strict")

--[[----------------< F O R W A R D _ D E C L A R A T I O N S >-----------------
  Each of these counts against the Lua upper value limit.
]]
local validation   -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation.
local utilities    -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local z = {}       -- Table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities.
local identifiers  -- Functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers.
local metadata     -- Functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS.
-- Table of configuration tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.
local cfg = {}
-- Supertable of valid template parameters; from Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist.
local whitelist = {}

--[[----------------< P A G E _ S C O P E _ V A R I A B L E S >-----------------
  Declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
  other modules, that are created here and used here; booleans all.
]]
local added_deprecated_cat      -- Only add category once.
local added_vanc_errs           -- Only emit one Vanc. error/category.
-- Only emit one generic name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_generic_name_errs
-- Only emit one numeric name err./cat. & stop testing after first error occurs.
local added_numeric_name_errs
local added_numeric_name_maint  -- Only emit one numeric name maint. category.
-- True when previewing article, false when previewing the module.
local is_preview_mode
local is_sandbox                -- Using sandbox modules sets this to true.

--[[-------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------
  Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order
  established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in
  which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

  This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar
  version that used ipairs. With the pairs version, the order of evaluation
  could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
  the for loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
local function first_set(list, count)
  local i = 1
  while i <= count do  -- Loop through all items in the list.
    if utilities.is_set(list[i]) then
      return list[i]   -- Return the first set list member.
    end
    i = i + 1          -- Increment to next member.
  end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]
local function add_vanc_error(source, position)
    if added_vanc_errs then
        return
    end

    added_vanc_errs = true -- note that we've added this category
    utilities.set_message("err_vancouver", {source, position})
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]
local function is_scheme(scheme)
    return scheme and scheme:match("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name(domain)
    if not domain then
        return false -- if not set, abandon
    end

    domain = domain:gsub("^//", "") -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

    if not domain:match("^[%w]") then -- first character must be letter or digit
        return false
    end

    if domain:match("^%a+:") then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
        return false
    end

    local patterns = {
        -- patterns that look like URLs
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$", -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
        "%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$", -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
        "%f[%a][qxz]%.com$", -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%a][iq]%.net$", -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
        "%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$", -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
        "%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$", -- two character hostname and TLD
        "^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?", -- IPv4 address
        "[%a%d]+%:?" -- IPv6 address
    }

    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
        if domain:match(pattern) then
            return true -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
        end
    end

    for _, d in ipairs(cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
        if domain:match("%f[%w][%w]%." .. d) then
            return true
        end
    end
    return false -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]
local function is_url(scheme, domain)
    if utilities.is_set(scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
        return is_scheme(scheme) and is_domain_name(domain)
    else
        return is_domain_name(domain) -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]
local function split_url(url_str)
    local scheme, authority, domain

    url_str = url_str:gsub("([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$", "%1") -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

    if url_str:match("^//%S*") then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
        domain = url_str:match("^//(%S*)")
    elseif url_str:match("%S-:/*%S+") then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
        scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match("(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)") -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
        if utilities.is_set(authority) then
            authority = authority:gsub("//", "", 1) -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
            if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        else
            if not scheme:match("^news:") then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
                return scheme -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
            end
        end
        domain = domain:gsub("(%a):%d+", "%1") -- strip port number if present
    end

    return scheme, domain
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]
local function link_param_ok(value)
    local scheme, domain
    if value:find("[<>%[%]|{}]") then -- if any prohibited characters
        return false
    end

    scheme, domain = split_url(value) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
    return not is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]
local function link_title_ok(link, lorig, title, torig)
    local orig
    if utilities.is_set(link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
        if not link_param_ok(link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
            orig = lorig -- identify the failing link parameter
        elseif title:find("%[%[") then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
            orig = torig -- identify the failing |title= parameter
        elseif link:match("^%a+:") then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
            local prefix = link:match("^(%a+):"):lower() -- get the interwiki prefix

            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
                orig = lorig -- flag as error
            end
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(orig) then
        link = "" -- unset
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", orig) -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
    end

    return link -- link if ok, empty string else
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]
local function check_url(url_str)
    if nil == url_str:match("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
        return false
    end
    local scheme, domain

    scheme, domain = split_url(url_str) -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

    if "news:" == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
        return domain:match("^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$")
    end

    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink(value)
    local scheme, domain

    if value:match("%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]") then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]") then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]"))
    elseif value:match("%a%S*:%S+") then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(%a%S*:%S+)"))
    elseif value:match("^//%S+") or value:match("%s//%S+") then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
        scheme, domain = split_url(value:match("(//%S+)")) -- what is left should be the domain
    else
        return false -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
    end

    return is_url(scheme, domain) -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]
local function check_for_url(parameter_list, error_list)
    for k, v in pairs(parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
        if is_parameter_ext_wikilink(v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
            table.insert(error_list, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k))
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]
local function safe_for_url(str)
    if str:match("%[%[.-%]%]") ~= nil then
        utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url", {})
    end

    return str:gsub(
        "[%[%]\n]",
        {
            ["["] = "&#91;",
            ["]"] = "&#93;",
            ["\n"] = " "
        }
    )
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]
local function external_link(URL, label, source, access)
    local err_msg = ""
    local domain
    local path
    local base_url

    if not utilities.is_set(label) then
        label = URL
        if utilities.is_set(source) then
            utilities.set_message("err_bare_url_missing_title", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
        else
            error(cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]) -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
        end
    end
    if not check_url(URL) then
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)})
    end

    domain, path = URL:match("^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$") -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
    if path then -- if there is a path portion
        path = path:gsub("[%[%]]", {["["] = "%5b", ["]"] = "%5d"}) -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
        URL = table.concat({domain, path}) -- and reassemble
    end

    base_url = table.concat({"[", URL, " ", safe_for_url(label), "]"}) -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

    if utilities.is_set(access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
        base_url =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.presentation["ext-link-access-signal"],
            {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}
        ) -- add the appropriate icon
    end

    return base_url
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
    if not added_deprecated_cat then
        added_deprecated_cat = true -- note that we've added this category
        utilities.set_message("err_deprecated_params", {name}) -- add error message
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes(str)
    local cap = ""
    local wl_type, label, link

    wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]

    if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
        if mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[["“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], str)
        elseif mw.ustring.match(str, '%[%[.+["“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
            str = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], str)
        end
    else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[“”]", '"') -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
        label = mw.ustring.gsub(label, "[‘’]", "'") -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(["\'][^\'].+)') -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-left"], cap)
        end

        cap = mw.ustring.match(label, '^(.+[^\']["\'])$') -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
        if utilities.is_set(cap) then
            label = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["kern-right"], cap)
        end

        if 2 == wl_type then
            str = utilities.make_wikilink(link, label) -- reassemble the wikilink
        else
            str = label
        end
    end
    return str
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]
local function format_script_value(script_value, script_param)
    local lang = "" -- initialize to empty string
    local name
    if script_value:match("^%l%l%l?%s*:") then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
        lang = script_value:match("^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*") -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
        if not utilities.is_set(lang) then
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing title part"]}) -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
            return "" -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
        end
        -- if we get this far we have prefix and script
        name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName(lang, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
        if utilities.is_set(name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
            script_value = script_value:gsub("^%l+%s*:%s*", "") -- strip prefix from script
            -- is prefix one of these language codes?
            if utilities.in_array(lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
                utilities.add_prop_cat("script", {name, lang})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["unknown language code"]}) -- unknown script-language; add error message
            end
            lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ' -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["invalid language code"]}) -- invalid language code; add error message
            lang = "" -- invalid so set lang to empty string
        end
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_script_parameter", {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl["missing prefix"]}) -- no language code prefix; add error message
    end
    script_value = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["bdi"], {lang, script_value}) -- isolate in case script is RTL

    return script_value
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]
local function script_concatenate(title, script, script_param)
    if utilities.is_set(script) then
        script = format_script_value(script, script_param) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
        if utilities.is_set(script) then
            title = title .. " " .. script -- concatenate title and script title
        end
    end
    return title
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]
local function wrap_msg(key, str, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(str) then
        return ""
    end
    if true == lower then
        local msg
        msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower() -- set the message to lower case before
        return utilities.substitute(msg, str) -- including template text
    else
        return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[key], str)
    end
end

--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]
local function wikisource_url_make(str)
    local wl_type, D, L
    local ws_url, ws_label
    local wikisource_prefix = table.concat({"https://", cfg.this_wiki_code, ".wikisource.org/wiki/"})

    wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink(str) -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

    if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
        str = D:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or D:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title
                }
            )
            ws_label = str -- label for the URL
        end
    elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
        str = L:match("^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)") or L:match("^[Ss]:(.+)") -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
        if utilities.is_set(str) then
            ws_label = D -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
            ws_url =
                table.concat(
                {
                    -- build a Wikisource URL
                    wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
                    str -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
                }
            )
        end
    end

    if ws_url then
        ws_url = mw.uri.encode(ws_url, "WIKI") -- make a usable URL
        ws_url = ws_url:gsub("%%23", "#") -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
    end

    return ws_url, ws_label, L or D -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end

--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]
local function format_periodical(script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
    if not utilities.is_set(periodical) then
        periodical = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        periodical = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", periodical) -- style
    end

    periodical = script_concatenate(periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

    if utilities.is_set(trans_periodical) then
        trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", trans_periodical)
        if utilities.is_set(periodical) then
            periodical = periodical .. " " .. trans_periodical
        else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
            periodical = trans_periodical
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"periodical"})
        end
    end

    return periodical
end

--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]
local function format_chapter_title(
    script_chapter,
    script_chapter_source,
    chapter,
    chapter_source,
    trans_chapter,
    trans_chapter_source,
    chapter_url,
    chapter_url_source,
    no_quotes,
    access)
    local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(chapter) -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
    if ws_url then
        ws_label = ws_label:gsub("_", " ") -- replace underscore separators with space characters
        chapter = ws_label
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(chapter) then
        chapter = "" -- to be safe for concatenation
    else
        if false == no_quotes then
            chapter = kern_quotes(chapter) -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
            chapter = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", chapter)
        end
    end

    chapter = script_concatenate(chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source) -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

    if utilities.is_set(chapter_url) then
        chapter = external_link(chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access) -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
    elseif ws_url then
        chapter = external_link(ws_url, chapter .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in chapter") -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
        chapter =
            utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, chapter})
    end

    if utilities.is_set(trans_chapter) then
        trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_chapter)
        if utilities.is_set(chapter) then
            chapter = chapter .. " " .. trans_chapter
        else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
            chapter = trans_chapter
            chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match("trans%-?(.+)") -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {chapter_source})
        end
    end

    return chapter
end

--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]
local function has_invisible_chars(param, v)
    local position = "" -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
    local capture  -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
    local stripmarker  -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

    capture = string.match(v, "[%w%p ]*") -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
    if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
        return
    end

    for _, invisible_char in ipairs(cfg.invisible_chars) do
        local char_name = invisible_char[1] -- the character or group name
        local pattern = invisible_char[2] -- the pattern used to find it
        position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find(v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

        if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
            if mw.ustring.find(v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
                position = nil -- unset position
            elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint(v, position + 1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
                position = nil -- unset position
            end
        end

        if position then
            if
                "nowiki" == capture or "math" == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
                    ("templatestyles" == capture and utilities.in_array(param, {"id", "quote"}))
             then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
                stripmarker = true -- set a flag
            elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
                position = nil -- unset
            else
                local err_msg
                if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
                    err_msg = capture .. " " .. char_name
                else
                    err_msg = char_name .. " " .. "character"
                end

                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_invisible_char",
                    {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param), position}
                ) -- add error message
                return -- and done with this parameter
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]
local function argument_wrapper(args)
    local origin = {}

    return setmetatable(
        {
            ORIGIN = function(self, k)
                local dummy = self[k] -- force the variable to be loaded.
                return origin[k]
            end
        },
        {
            __index = function(tbl, k)
                if origin[k] ~= nil then
                    return nil
                end

                local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]

                if type(list) == "table" then
                    v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one(args, list, "err_redundant_parameters")
                    if origin[k] == nil then
                        origin[k] = "" -- Empty string, not nil
                    end
                elseif list ~= nil then
                    v, origin[k] = args[list], list
                else
                    -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                    -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                    error(cfg.messages["unknown_argument_map"] .. ": " .. k)
                end

                -- Empty strings, not nil;
                if v == nil then
                    v = ""
                    origin[k] = ""
                end

                tbl = rawset(tbl, k, v)
                return v
            end
        }
    )
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]
local function nowrap_date(date)
    local cap = ""
    local cap2 = ""

    if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap1"], date)
    elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
        cap, cap2 = string.match(date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$")
        date = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["nowrap2"], {cap, cap2})
    end

    return date
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
    if utilities.is_set(title_type) then
        if "none" == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
            title_type = "" -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
        end
        return title_type -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
    end

    return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or "" -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]
local function safe_join(tbl, duplicate_char)
    local f = {} -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
    if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
        f.gsub = string.gsub
        f.match = string.match
        f.sub = string.sub
    else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
        f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
        f.match = mw.ustring.match
        f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
    end

    local str = "" -- the output string
    local comp = "" -- what does 'comp' mean?
    local end_chr = ""
    local trim
    for _, value in ipairs(tbl) do
        if value == nil then
            value = ""
        end

        if str == "" then -- if output string is empty
            str = value -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
        elseif value ~= "" then
            if value:sub(1, 1) == "<" then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
                comp = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
            else
                comp = value
            end
            -- typically duplicate_char is sepc
            if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
                --   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
                --   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
                trim = false
                end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1) -- get the last character of the output string
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
                    str = f.sub(str, 1, -2) -- remove it
                elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''" -- remove them and add back ''
                    elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
                        trim = true -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
                        trim = true -- same question
                    end
                elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
                    if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
                        trim = true
                    elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
                        trim = true
                    end
                elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
                    if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
                        str = f.sub(str, 1, -3) -- remove them both
                    end
                end

                if trim then
                    if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char
                        if f.match(dup2, "%A") then
                            dup2 = "%" .. dup2
                        end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

                        value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
                    else
                        value = f.sub(value, 2, -1) -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
                    end
                end
            end
            str = str .. value -- add it to the output string
        end
    end
    return str
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]
local function is_suffix(suffix)
    if utilities.in_array(suffix, {"Jr", "Sr", "Jnr", "Snr", "1st", "2nd", "3rd"}) or suffix:match("^%dth$") then
        return true
    end
    return false
end

--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]
local function is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, position)
    if not suffix then
        if first:find("[,%s]") then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
            first = first:match("(.-)[,%s]+") -- get name/initials
            suffix = first:match("[,%s]+(.+)$") -- get generational suffix
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
        if not is_suffix(suffix) then
            add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position)
            return false -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
        end
    end
    if
        nil ==
            mw.ustring.find(
                last,
                "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$"
            ) or
            nil ==
                mw.ustring.find(
                    first,
                    "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$"
                )
     then
        add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["non-Latin char"], position)
        return false -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
    end
    return true
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
    if first:find(",", 1, true) then
        return first -- commas not allowed; abandon
    end

    local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$")

    if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
        name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$") -- is it just initials?
    end

    if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
        if 3 > mw.ustring.len(name) then -- if one or two initials
            if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
                if is_suffix(suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
                    return first -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
                else
                    add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position) -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
                    return first -- and return first unmolested
                end
            else
                return first -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
            end
        end
    end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

    local initials_t, names_t = {}, {} -- tables to hold name parts and initials
    local i = 1 -- counter for number of initials

    names_t = mw.text.split(first, "[%s%-]+") -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix

    while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
        if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match("[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$") then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
            names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub("%.", "") -- remove terminal dot if present
            if is_suffix(names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
                table.insert(initials_t, " " .. names_t[i]) -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
                break -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
            end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
        end
        if 3 > i then
            table.insert(initials_t, mw.ustring.sub(names_t[i], 1, 1)) -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
        end
        i = i + 1 -- bump the counter
    end

    return table.concat(initials_t) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
	false – no prefixen
	nil – prefix exists but not recognized
	project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
		:<project>:<language>:<article>
		:<language>:<project>:<article>
	project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
	nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]
local function interwiki_prefixen_get(value, is_link)
    if not value:find(":%l+:") then -- if no prefix
        return false -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
    end

    local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
        "^%[%[:([dsw]):", -- wikilinked; project prefix
        "^%[%[:(%l%l+):" -- wikilinked; language prefix
    }

    local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {
        -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
        "^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):", -- project and language prefixes
        "^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):", -- language and project prefixes
        "^:([dsw]):", -- project prefix
        "^:(%l%l+):" -- language prefix
    }

    local cap1, cap2
    for _, pattern in ipairs((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
        cap1, cap2 = value:match(pattern)
        if cap1 then
            break -- found a match so stop looking
        end
    end

    if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
        if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap1, cap2 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        else -- here when :language:project:
            if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
                return cap2, cap1 -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
            end
        end
        return nil -- unknown interwiki language
    elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
        return nil -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
    elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
        return cap1, nil -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
    else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
        if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
            return nil, cap1 -- return nil project, language
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
    local sep
    local namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local name_list = {}

    if "vanc" == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl_vanc"] -- name-list separator between names is a comma
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name_vanc"] -- last/first separator is a space
    else
        sep = cfg.presentation["sep_nl"] -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
        namesep = cfg.presentation["sep_name"] -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
    end

    if sep:sub(-1, -1) ~= " " then
        sep = sep .. " "
    end
    if utilities.is_set(maximum) and maximum < 1 then
        return "", 0
    end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

    for i, person in ipairs(people) do
        if utilities.is_set(person.last) then
            local mask = person.mask
            local one
            local sep_one = sep

            if utilities.is_set(maximum) and i > maximum then
                etal = true
                break
            end

            if mask then
                local n = tonumber(mask) -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
                if n then
                    one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
                    person.link = nil -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
                else
                    one = mask -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
                    sep_one = " " -- modify name-list separator
                end
            else
                one = person.last -- get surname
                local first = person.first -- get given name
                if utilities.is_set(first) then
                    if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
                        one = one:gsub("%.", "") -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
                        if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name(one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
                            first = reduce_to_initials(first, i) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
                        end
                    end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
                end
            end
            if utilities.is_set(person.link) then
                one = utilities.make_wikilink(person.link, one) -- link author/editor
            end

            if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
                local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get(one, true) -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
                if "w" == proj and ("Wikipedia" == mw.site.namespaces.Project["name"]) then
                    proj = nil -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if proj then
                    local proj_name = ({["d"] = "Wikidata", ["s"] = "Wikisource", ["w"] = "Wikipedia"})[proj] -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
                    if proj_name then
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interproj", proj_name) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interproj-linked-name", proj) -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
                        tag = nil -- unset; don't do both project and language
                    end
                end
                if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
                    tag = nil -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
                end
                if tag then
                    local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]
                    if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
                        one = one .. utilities.wrap_style("interwiki", lang) -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
                        utilities.add_prop_cat("interwiki-linked-name", tag) -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
                    end
                end

                table.insert(name_list, one) -- add it to the list of names
                table.insert(name_list, sep_one) -- add the proper name-list separator
            end
        end
    end

    local count = #name_list / 2 -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
    if 0 < count then
        if 1 < count and not etal then
            if "amp" == format then
                name_list[#name_list - 2] = " & " -- replace last separator with ampersand text
            elseif "and" == format then
                if 2 == count then
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and -- replace last separator with 'and' text
                else
                    name_list[#name_list - 2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
                end
            end
        end
        name_list[#name_list] = nil -- erase the last separator
    end

    local result = table.concat(name_list) -- construct list
    if etal and utilities.is_set(result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
        result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
    end

    return result, count -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end

--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function make_citeref_id(namelist, year)
    local names = {} -- a table for the one to four names and year
    for i, v in ipairs(namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
        names[i] = v.last
        if i == 4 then
            break
        end -- if four then done
    end
    table.insert(names, year) -- add the year at the end
    local id = table.concat(names) -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
    if utilities.is_set(id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
        return "CITEREF" .. id -- add the CITEREF portion
    else
        return "" -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]
local function cite_class_attribute_make(cite_class, mode)
    local class_t = {}
    table.insert(class_t, "citation") -- required for blue highlight
    if "citation" ~= cite_class then
        table.insert(class_t, cite_class) -- identify this template for user css
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs1") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    else
        table.insert(class_t, utilities.is_set(mode) and mode or "cs2") -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
    end
    for _, prop_key in ipairs(z.prop_keys_t) do
        table.insert(class_t, prop_key) -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
    end

    return table.concat(class_t, " ") -- make a big string and done
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]
local function name_has_etal(name, etal, nocat, param)
    if utilities.is_set(name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
        local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns -- get patterns from configuration

        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
            if name:match(pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
                name = name:gsub(pattern, "") -- remove the offending text
                etal = true -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
                if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
                    utilities.set_message("err_etal", {param}) -- and set an error if not added
                end
            end
        end
    end

    return name, etal
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.  

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are 
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

returns nothing

]]
local function name_is_numeric(name, name_alias, list_name)
    local patterns = {
        "^%D+%d", -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
        "^%D*%d+%D+" -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
    }

    if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match(name, "^[%A]+$") then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
        utilities.set_message("err_numeric_names", name_alias) -- add an error message
        added_numeric_name_errs = true -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
        return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
    end

    if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
        for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
            if mw.ustring.match(name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
                utilities.set_message("maint_numeric_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint cat for this template
                added_numeric_name_maint = true -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
                return -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]
local function name_has_mult_names(name, list_name, limit)
    local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps
    limit = limit and limit or 1
    if utilities.is_set(name) then
        _, commas = name:gsub(",", "") -- count the number of commas
        _, semicolons = name:gsub(";", "") -- count the number of semicolons
        -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
        -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
        -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
        -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
        -- entities
        _, nbsps = name:gsub("&nbsp;", "") -- count nbsps

        -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
        -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
        -- they also can be subtracted.
        if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_mult_names", cfg.special_case_translation[list_name]) -- add a maint message
        end
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
	'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
	'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
	|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
	true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
	false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
	nil else

]=]

local function is_generic(item, value, wiki)
    local test_val
    local str_lower = {
        -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.lower,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.lower
    }
    local str_find = {
        -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
        ["en"] = string.find,
        ["local"] = mw.ustring.find
    }

    local function test(val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
        val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
        return str_find[wiki](val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]) -- return nil when not found or matched
    end

    local test_types_t = {"accept", "reject"} -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
    local wikis_t = {"en", "local"} -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

    for _, test_type in ipairs(test_types_t) do -- for each test type
        for _, generic_value in pairs(cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
            for _, wiki in ipairs(wikis_t) do
                if generic_value[wiki] then
                    if test(value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
                        return ("reject" == test_type) -- param value rejected, return true; false else
                    end
                end
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]
local function name_is_generic(name, name_alias)
    if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic("generic_names", name) then
        utilities.set_message("err_generic_name", name_alias) -- set an error message
        added_generic_name_errs = true
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]
local function name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
    local accept_name

    if utilities.is_set(last) then
        last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(last) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

        if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_has_mult_names(last, list_name) -- check for multiple names in the parameter
            name_is_numeric(last, last_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(last, last_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(first) then
        first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(first) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

        if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
            name_has_mult_names(first, list_name, 0) -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
            name_is_numeric(first, first_alias, list_name) -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
            name_is_generic(first, first_alias) -- check for names found in the generic names list
        end
        local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink(first)
        if 0 ~= wl_type then
            first = D
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", first_alias)
        end
    end

    return last, first -- done
end

--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names
    local last  -- individual name components
    local first
    local link
    local mask
    local i = 1 -- loop counter/indexer
    local n = 1 -- output table indexer
    local count = 0 -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

    local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias  -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
    while true do
        last, last_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
        first, first_alias =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        link, link_alias = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)

        if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(last, true) -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", last_alias) -- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                last = utilities.remove_wiki_link(last) -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
            end
        end

        if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
            local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get(link, false) -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
            if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
                utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", link_alias) -- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
                link = nil -- unset so we don't link
                link_alias = nil
            end
        end

        last, etal = name_has_etal(last, etal, false, last_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        first, etal = name_has_etal(first, etal, false, first_alias) -- find and remove variations on et al.
        last, first = name_checks(last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

        if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
            local alias = first_alias:find("given", 1, true) and "given" or "first" -- get first or given form of the alias
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_first_missing_last",
                {
                    first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
                    first_alias:gsub(alias, {["first"] = "last", ["given"] = "surname"}) -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
                }
            ) -- add this error message
        elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
            count = count + 1 -- number of times we haven't found last and first
            if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
                break -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
            end
        else -- we have last with or without a first
            local result
            link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, last, last_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup

            if first then
                link = link_title_ok(link, link_alias, first, first_alias) -- check for improper wiki-markup
            end

            names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false} -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
            n = n + 1 -- point to next location in the names table
            if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
                utilities.set_message("err_missing_name", {list_name:match("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}) -- add this error message
            end
            count = 0 -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
        end
        i = i + 1 -- point to next args location
    end

    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]
local function name_tag_get(lang_param)
    local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower(lang_param) -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
    local name
    local tag

    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc] -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
    if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
        if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
            return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
        end
        return name, lang_param_lc -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
    end

    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
    name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
    if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
        return name, tag -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
    end

    if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
        return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2] -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
    end

    name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name

    if name then
        return name, lang_param_lc -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
    end

    tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc] -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag

    if tag then
        return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
    end

    tag = lang_param_lc:match("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*") -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

    if tag then
        name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag] -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
        if name then
            return name, tag -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
        end
    end
end

--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]
local function language_parameter(lang)
    local tag  -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
    local lang_subtag  -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
    local name  -- the language name
    local language_list = {} -- table of language names to be rendered
    local names_t = {} -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

    local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code) -- get this wiki's language name

    names_t = mw.text.split(lang, "%s*,%s*") -- names should be a comma separated list

    for _, lang in ipairs(names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
        name, tag = name_tag_get(lang) -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

        if utilities.is_set(tag) then
            lang_subtag = tag:gsub("^(%a%a%a?)%-.*", "%1") -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

            if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
                if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source", {name, tag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
                else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("foreign-lang-source-2", {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag) -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
                end
            elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
                utilities.add_prop_cat("local-lang-source", {name, lang_subtag}) -- categorize it
            end
        else
            name = lang -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
            utilities.set_message("maint_unknown_lang") -- add maint category if not already added
        end

        table.insert(language_list, name)
        name = "" -- so we can reuse it
    end

    name = utilities.make_sep_list(#language_list, language_list)
    if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
        return "" -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
    end
    return (" " .. wrap_msg("language", name)) -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
    --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end

--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]
local function set_cs_style(postscript, mode)
    if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
        if mode == "cs1" and postscript == cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode] then
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
        end
    else
        postscript = cfg.presentation["ps_" .. mode]
    end
    return cfg.presentation["sep_" .. mode], postscript
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]
local function set_style(mode, postscript, cite_class)
    local sep
    if "cs2" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    elseif "cs1" == mode then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    elseif "citation" == cite_class then
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs2")
    else
        sep, postscript = set_cs_style(postscript, "cs1")
    end

    if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == "none" then
        -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
        -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
        if "cs2" == mode or ("cs1" ~= mode and "citation" == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
            utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
        end
        postscript = ""
    end

    return sep, postscript
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf(url)
    return url:match("%.pdf$") or url:match("%.PDF$") or url:match("%.pdf[%?#]") or url:match("%.PDF[%?#]") or
        url:match("%.PDF&#035") or
        url:match("%.pdf&#035")
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]
local function style_format(format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    if utilities.is_set(format) then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", format) -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
        if not utilities.is_set(url) then
            utilities.set_message("err_format_missing_url", {fmt_param, url_param}) -- add an error message
        end
    elseif is_pdf(url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
        format = utilities.wrap_style("format", "PDF") -- set format to PDF
    else
        format = "" -- empty string for concatenation
    end
    return format
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.

]]
local function get_display_names(max, count, list_name, etal, param)
    if utilities.is_set(max) then
        if "etal" == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            max = count + 1 -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
            etal = true -- overrides value set by extract_names()
        elseif max:match("^%d+$") then -- if is a string of numbers
            max = tonumber(max) -- make it a number
            if (max >= count) and ("cs1 config" ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
                utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
                max = nil
            end
        else -- not a valid keyword or number
            utilities.set_message("err_disp_name", {param, max}) -- add error message
            max = nil -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
        end
    end

    return max, etal
end

--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check(val, name)
    if not val:match(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
        for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
            if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
                utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_pages", name) -- add error message
                return -- and done
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
	numero sign U+2116.
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(val, name, selector)
    if not utilities.is_set(val) then
        return
    end

    local handler = "v" == selector and "err_extra_text_volume" or "err_extra_text_issue"
    val = val:lower() -- force parameter value to lower case

    for _, pattern in ipairs(cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
        if val:match(pattern) then -- when a match, error so
            utilities.set_message(handler, name) -- add error message
            return -- and done
        end
    end
end

--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table(vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
    local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(vparam)
    if accept then
        utilities.add_prop_cat("vanc-accept") -- add properties category
    end
    local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
    local wl_type, label, link  -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

    local i = 1

    while name_table[i] do
        if name_table[i]:match("^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$") then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
            local name = name_table[i]
            i = i + 1 -- bump indexer to next segment
            while name_table[i] do
                name = name .. ", " .. name_table[i] -- concatenate with previous segments
                if name_table[i]:match("^.*%)%)$") then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
                    break -- and done reassembling so
                end
                i = i + 1 -- bump indexer
            end
            table.insert(output_table, name) -- and add corporate name to the output table
            table.insert(output_link_table, "") -- no wikilink
        else
            wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink(name_table[i]) -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
            table.insert(output_table, label) -- add this name
            if 1 == wl_type then
                table.insert(output_link_table, label) -- simple wikilink [[D]]
            else
                table.insert(output_link_table, link) -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
            end
        end
        i = i + 1
    end
    return output_table
end

--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors(args, vparam, list_name)
    local names = {} -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
    local v_name_table = {}
    local v_link_table = {} -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
    local etal = false -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
    local last, first, link, mask, suffix
    local corporate = false

    vparam, etal = name_has_etal(vparam, etal, true) -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
    v_name_table = get_v_name_table(vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table) -- names are separated by commas

    for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
        first = "" -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
        local accept_name
        v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written(v_name) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

        if accept_name then
            last = v_name
            corporate = true -- flag used in list_people()
        elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
            if v_name:find("[;%.]") then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i)
            end
            local lastfirstTable = {}
            lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
            first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u+$") then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
                suffix = first -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
                first = table.remove(lastfirstTable) -- get what should be the initials from the table
            end
            last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
            if not utilities.is_set(last) then
                first = "" -- unset
                last = v_name -- last empty because something wrong with first
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i)
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(last, "%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+") then
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl["missing comma"], i) -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
            end
            if mw.ustring.match(v_name, " %u %u$") then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- matches a space between two initials
            end
        else
            last = v_name -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
        end

        if utilities.is_set(first) then
            if not mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
                add_vanc_error(cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i) -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
            end
            is_good_vanc_name(last, first, suffix, i) -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
            if utilities.is_set(suffix) then
                first = first .. " " .. suffix -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
                suffix = "" -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
            end
        else
            if not corporate then
                is_good_vanc_name(last, "", nil, i)
            end
        end

        link =
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Link"], "err_redundant_parameters", i) or
            v_link_table[i]
        mask = utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Mask"], "err_redundant_parameters", i)
        names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate} -- add this assembled name to our names list
    end
    return names, etal -- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]
local function select_author_editor_source(vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
    local lastfirst = false
    if
        utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 1) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 1) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-Last"], "none", 2) or
            utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. "-First"], "none", 2)
     then
        lastfirst = true
    end

    if
        (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
            (utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set(xxxxors)) or
            (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set(xxxxors))
     then
        local err_name
        if "AuthorList" == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
            err_name = "author"
        else
            err_name = "editor"
        end
        utilities.set_message("err_redundant_parameters", err_name .. "-name-list parameters") -- add error message
    end

    if true == lastfirst then
        return 1
    end -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
    if utilities.is_set(vxxxxors) then
        return 2
    end
    if utilities.is_set(xxxxors) then
        return 3
    end
    return 1 -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value(value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
    if not utilities.is_set(value) then
        return ret_val -- an empty parameter is ok
    end

    if (not invert and utilities.in_array(value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
        return cfg.keywords_xlate[value] -- return translation of parameter keyword
    elseif invert and not utilities.in_array(value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
        return value -- return <value> as it is
    else
        utilities.set_message("err_invalid_param_val", {name, value}) -- not an allowed value so add error message
        return ret_val
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]
local function terminate_name_list(name_list, sepc)
    if (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ". ") then -- if already properly terminated
        return name_list -- just return the name list
    elseif (string.sub(name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub(name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. "]]") then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
        return name_list .. " " -- don't add another
    else
        return name_list .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terminate the name list
    end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
local function format_volume_issue(volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
    if not utilities.is_set(volume) and not utilities.is_set(issue) and not utilities.is_set(article) then
        return ""
    end

    -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
    local is_journal =
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)

    local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match("^[MDCLXVI]+$") or volume:match("^%d+$")) -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
    local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?

    if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
        utilities.add_prop_cat("long-vol") -- yes, add properties cat
    end

    if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
        local vol = ""

        if utilities.is_set(volume) then
            if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, volume}) -- render in bold face
            elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-vol"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- not bold
            else -- four or fewer characters
                vol = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["vol-bold"], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}) -- bold
            end
        end
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(issue) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-issue"], issue) or "")
        vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set(article) and utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-article-num"], article) or "")
        return vol
    end

    if "podcast" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end

    if "conference" == cite_class and utilities.is_set(article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
        if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(article) then -- both volume and article number
            return wrap_msg("vol-art", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), article}, lower)
        elseif utilities.is_set(article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
            return wrap_msg("art", {sepc, article}, lower)
        end
    end

    -- all other types of citation
    if utilities.is_set(volume) and utilities.is_set(issue) then
        return wrap_msg("vol-no", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume), issue}, lower)
    elseif utilities.is_set(volume) then
        return wrap_msg("vol", {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash(volume)}, lower)
    else
        return wrap_msg("issue", {sepc, issue}, lower)
    end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]
local function format_pages_sheets(page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
    if "map" == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
        if utilities.is_set(sheet) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheet", sheet, lower), ""
            else
                return "", "", wrap_msg("sheet", {sepc, sheet}, lower), ""
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(sheets) then
            if "journal" == origin then
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("j-sheets", sheets, lower)
            else
                return "", "", "", wrap_msg("sheets", {sepc, sheets}, lower)
            end
        end
    end

    local is_journal =
        "journal" == cite_class or
        (utilities.in_array(cite_class, {"citation", "map", "interview"}) and "journal" == origin)

    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], page), "", "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        else
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, page}), "", "", ""
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if is_journal then
            return utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["j-page(s)"], pages), "", "", ""
        elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        elseif not nopp then
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        else
            return "", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, pages}), "", ""
        end
    end

    return "", "", "", "" -- return empty strings
end

--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]
local function insource_loc_get(page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
    local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L  -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

    if utilities.is_set(page) then
        if utilities.is_set(pages) or utilities.is_set(at) then
            pages = "" -- unset the others
            at = ""
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(page, page_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(page) -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            page = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in page") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            page =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, page}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(pages) then
        if utilities.is_set(at) then
            at = "" -- unset
        end
        extra_text_in_page_check(pages, pages_orig) -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(pages) -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            pages = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in pages") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            pages =
                utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, pages}
            )
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(at) then
        ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(at) -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
        if ws_url then
            at = external_link(ws_url, ws_label .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in at") -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
            at = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"], {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, at})
            coins_pages = ws_label
        end
    end

    return page, pages, at, coins_pages
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]
local function is_unique_archive_url(archive, url, c_url, source, date)
    if utilities.is_set(archive) then
        if archive == url or archive == c_url then
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_url", {utilities.wrap_style("parameter", source)}) -- add error message
            return "", "" -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
        end
    end

    return archive, date
end

--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check(url, date)
    local err_msg = "" -- start with the error message empty
    local path, timestamp, flag  -- portions of the archive.org URL

    timestamp =
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
        url:match("//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/") -- this timestamp needs cleanup
    if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
        return url, date, timestamp:gsub("[%.%-]", "") -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
    end
    -- here for archive.org urls
    if (not url:match("//web%.archive%.org/")) and (not url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/")) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
        return url, date -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end

    if url:match("//web%.archive%.org/save/") then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save
        url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org)/save/", "%1/*/", 1) -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
    elseif url:match("//liveweb%.archive%.org/") then
        err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb
    else
        path, timestamp, flag = url:match("//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/") -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
        if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
        elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp
            if "*" ~= flag then
                local replacement = timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d") or timestamp:match("^%d%d%d%d") -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
                if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
                    replacement = replacement .. string.rep("0", 14 - replacement:len()) -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
                    url = url:gsub("(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*", "%1" .. replacement .. "*", 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
                end
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(path) and "web/" ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not utilities.is_set(path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        elseif utilities.is_set(flag) and not flag:match("%a%a_") then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
            err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag
        else
            return url, date, timestamp -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
        end
    end
    -- if here, something not right so
    utilities.set_message("err_archive_url", {err_msg}) -- add error message and

    if is_preview_mode then
        return url, date, timestamp -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
    else
        return "", "" -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]
local function place_check(param_val)
    if not utilities.is_set(param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
        return param_val -- return that empty state
    end

    if mw.ustring.find(param_val, "%d") then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
        utilities.set_message("maint_location") -- yep, add maint cat
    end

    return param_val -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]
local function is_archived_copy(title)
    title = mw.ustring.lower(title) -- switch title to lower case
    if title:find(cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
        return true
    elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"] then
        if mw.ustring.find(title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy["local"]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
            return true
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.

When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
	the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
		greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
			use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
			set overridden maint category
		less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
			use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]
local function display_names_select(global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
    if global_display_names and utilities.is_set(local_display_names) then -- when both
        if "etal" == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", "") then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
            number_of_names = tonumber(number_of_names) -- convert these to numbers for comparison
            local global_display_names_num = tonumber(global_display_names) -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

            if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
                utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
                return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
            else
                return local_display_names, param_name -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
            end
        end
        -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    end
    -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
    if global_display_names then
        return global_display_names, "cs1 config" -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
    else
        return local_display_names, param_name -- return local
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------

fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message

]]
local function mode_set(Mode, Mode_origin)
    local mode
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        mode =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"],
            "cs1 config: mode",
            cfg.keywords_lists["mode"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        mode = is_valid_parameter_value(Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists["mode"], "")
    end

    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["Mode"] and utilities.is_set(Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end
    return mode
end

--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------

create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=

when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata

]]
local function quote_make(quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
    if utilities.is_set(quote) or utilities.is_set(trans_quote) or utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
        if utilities.is_set(quote) then
            if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
                quote = quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
        end

        quote = kern_quotes(quote) -- kern if needed
        quote = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-text", quote) -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags

        if utilities.is_set(script_quote) then
            quote = script_concatenate(quote, script_quote, "script-quote") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
        end

        if utilities.is_set(trans_quote) then
            if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
                trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2) -- strip them off
            end
            quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", trans_quote)
        end

        if utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
            local quote_prefix = ""
            if utilities.is_set(quote_page) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_page, "quote-page") -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_page}), "", "", ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
                extra_text_in_page_check(quote_pages, "quote-pages") -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
                if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["p-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                elseif not nopp then
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["pp-prefix"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                else
                    quote_prefix = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["nopp"], {sepc, quote_pages}), "", ""
                end
            end

            quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote
        else
            quote = sepc .. " " .. quote
        end

        postscript = "" -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
    elseif utilities.is_set(quote_page) or utilities.is_set(quote_pages) then
        quote_page = nil -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
        quote_pages = nil
    end

    return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------

look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else

<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=

]]
local function check_publisher_name(publisher)
    local patterns_t = {
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$", -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
        "^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$", -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
        "^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$" -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
    }

    for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
        if mw.ustring.match(publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
            utilities.set_message("maint_publisher_location") -- set a maint message
            return -- and done
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------

compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.

return boolean true when:
	|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
		of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
	|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
	|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
		characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
	|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
		'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)

return nil when |page(s)= values:
	are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
	are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
	have external urls (has text 'http')
	are digit-only values less than 10000
	do not match |doi= values's trailing characters

]]
local function is_page_art_num(page, doi)
    if not (utilities.is_set(page) and utilities.is_set(doi)) then -- both required
        return -- abandon; nothing to do
    end

    if page:match("[,;_−–—‒%-]") then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
        return -- abandon
    end

    page = page:lower() -- because doi names are case insensitive
    doi = doi:lower() -- force these to lowercase for testing

    if page:match("http") then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
        return -- abandon
    end

    if tonumber(page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only
        if 10000 > tonumber(page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000
            return -- abandon
        end

        if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
            return true
        end

        if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
            local dot_page = page:gsub("(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)", "%1.%2") -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
            if doi:match(dot_page .. "$") then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end
        end
    else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
        if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
            if doi:match(page .. "$") then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end

            local epage = page:match("^e([%w]+)$") -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
            if epage and doi:match(epage .. "$") then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
                return true
            end

            local cdpage = page:match("^cd%d+$") -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
            if cdpage and doi:match(cdpage .. "%.pub%d$") then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
                return true
            end
        end
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]
local function citation0(config, args)
    --[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
    local A = argument_wrapper(args)
    local i

    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.

    local author_etal
    local a = {} -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
    local Authors
    local NameListStyle
    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"],
            "cs1 config: name-list-style",
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        ) -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
    else
        NameListStyle =
            is_valid_parameter_value(
            A["NameListStyle"],
            A:ORIGIN("NameListStyle"),
            cfg.keywords_lists["name-list-style"],
            ""
        )
    end

    if cfg.global_cs1_config_t["NameListStyle"] and utilities.is_set(A["NameListStyle"]) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
        utilities.set_message("maint_overridden_setting") -- set a maint message
    end

    local Collaboration = A["Collaboration"]

    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Vauthors"], A["Authors"], args, "AuthorList")
        if 1 == selected then
            a, author_etal = extract_names(args, "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, A["Vauthors"], "AuthorList") -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
        elseif 3 == selected then
            Authors = A["Authors"] -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            author_etal = true -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
        end
    end

    local editor_etal
    local e = {} -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

    do -- to limit scope of selected
        local selected = select_author_editor_source(A["Veditors"], nil, args, "EditorList") -- support for |editors= withdrawn
        if 1 == selected then
            e, editor_etal = extract_names(args, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        elseif 2 == selected then
            NameListStyle = "vanc" -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
            e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors(args, args.veditors, "EditorList") -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
        end
    end

    local Chapter = A["Chapter"] -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
    local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
    local Contribution  -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
    if "contribution" == Chapter_origin then
        Contribution = Chapter -- get the name of the contribution
    end
    local c = {} -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(A["Periodical"]) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
        c = extract_names(args, "ContributorList") -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

        if 0 < #c then
            if not utilities.is_set(Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "contribution") -- add missing contribution error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
            if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
                utilities.set_message("err_contributor_missing_required_param", "author") -- add missing author error message
                c = {} -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
            end
        end
    else -- if not a book cite
        if utilities.select_one(args, cfg.aliases["ContributorList-Last"], "err_redundant_parameters", 1) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
            utilities.set_message("err_contributor_ignored") -- add contributor ignored error message
        end
        Contribution = nil -- unset
    end

    local Title = A["Title"]
    local TitleLink = A["TitleLink"]

    local auto_select = "" -- default is auto
    local accept_link
    TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true) -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
    if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array(TitleLink, {"none", "pmc", "doi"}) then -- check for special keywords
        auto_select = TitleLink -- remember selection for later
        TitleLink = "" -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
    end

    TitleLink = link_title_ok(TitleLink, A:ORIGIN("TitleLink"), Title, "title") -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

    local Section = "" -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
    if "map" == config.CitationClass and "section" == Chapter_origin then
        Section = A["Chapter"] -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
        Chapter = "" -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
    end

    local Periodical = A["Periodical"]
    local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Periodical")
    local ScriptPeriodical = A["ScriptPeriodical"]
    local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptPeriodical")
    local TransPeriodical = A["TransPeriodical"]
    local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransPeriodical")

    if
        (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)))
     then
        local param
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
            Periodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical) then
            TransPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = TransPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            ScriptPeriodical = "" -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
            param = ScriptPeriodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
        end

        if utilities.is_set(param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {param}) -- emit an error message
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
        local i
        Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
        if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {Periodical_origin})
        end
    end

    if "mailinglist" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(A["MailingList"]) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Periodical_origin) ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "mailinglist")
                }
            )
        end

        Periodical = A["MailingList"] -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
        Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("MailingList")
    end

    -- web and news not tested for now because of
    -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
    if not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
        --	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
        local p = {["journal"] = "journal", ["magazine"] = "magazine"} -- for error message
        if p[config.CitationClass] then
            utilities.set_message("err_missing_periodical", {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]})
        end
    end

    local Volume
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            if not utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) then
            if "script-website" ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
                Volume = A["Volume"] -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
            end
        else
            Volume = A["Volume"] -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
        Volume = A["Volume"]
    end
    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Volume, A:ORIGIN("Volume"), "v")

    local Issue
    if "citation" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    elseif utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
        if
            not (utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"conference", "map", "citation"}) and
                not (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)))
         then
            Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Issue"])
        end
    end

    local ArticleNumber

    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "conference"}) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
     then
        ArticleNumber = A["ArticleNumber"]
    end

    extra_text_in_vol_iss_check(Issue, A:ORIGIN("Issue"), "i")

    local Page
    local Pages
    local At
    local QuotePage
    local QuotePages
    if not utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
        Page = A["Page"]
        Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["Pages"])
        At = A["At"]
        QuotePage = A["QuotePage"]
        QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash(A["QuotePages"])
    end

    local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoPP"], A:ORIGIN("NoPP"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)

    local Mode = mode_set(A["Mode"], A:ORIGIN("Mode"))

    -- separator character and postscript
    local sepc, PostScript = set_style(Mode:lower(), A["PostScript"], config.CitationClass)
    local Quote
    Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript =
        quote_make(A["Quote"], A["TransQuote"], A["ScriptQuote"], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript)

    local Edition = A["Edition"]
    local PublicationPlace = place_check(A["PublicationPlace"], A:ORIGIN("PublicationPlace"))
    local Place = place_check(A["Place"], A:ORIGIN("Place"))

    local PublisherName = A["PublisherName"]
    local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublisherName")
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then
        local i = 0
        PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(PublisherName) -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
        if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
            utilities.set_message("err_apostrophe_markup", {PublisherName_origin})
        end
    end

    if ("document" == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_publisher", {config.CitationClass, "publisher"})
    end

    local Newsgroup = A["Newsgroup"] -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
    local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN("Newsgroup")

    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {PublisherName_origin})
        end

        PublisherName = nil -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
    end

    if
        "book" == config.CitationClass or "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
     then
        local accept
        PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written(PublisherName) -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
        if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
            check_publisher_name(PublisherName) -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
        end
    end

    local URL = A["URL"] -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
    local UrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("UrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)

    if not utilities.is_set(URL) and utilities.is_set(UrlAccess) then
        UrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", "url")
    end

    local ChapterURL = A["ChapterURL"]
    local ChapterUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(
        A["ChapterUrlAccess"],
        A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"),
        cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"],
        nil
    )
    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
        ChapterUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {A:ORIGIN("ChapterUrlAccess"):gsub("%-access", "")})
    end

    local MapUrlAccess =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["MapUrlAccess"], A:ORIGIN("MapUrlAccess"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-access"], nil)
    if not utilities.is_set(A["MapURL"]) and utilities.is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
        MapUrlAccess = nil
        utilities.set_message("err_param_access_requires_param", {"map-url"})
    end

    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- also used for COinS and for language
    local no_tracking_cats =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["NoTracking"], A:ORIGIN("NoTracking"), cfg.keywords_lists["yes_true_y"], nil)

    -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
    if not utilities.is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
        if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
            no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
            if this_page.text:match(v) then -- test page name against each pattern
                no_tracking_cats = "true" -- set no_tracking_cats
                break -- bail out if one is found
            end
        end
    end
    -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
    utilities.select_one(args, {"page", "p", "pp", "pages", "at", "sheet", "sheets"}, "err_redundant_parameters") -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

    local coins_pages

    Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get(Page, A:ORIGIN("Page"), Pages, A:ORIGIN("Pages"), At)

    if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
        utilities.add_prop_cat("location-test") -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
        if PublicationPlace == Place then
            Place = "" -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
        end
    elseif not utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set(Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
        PublicationPlace = Place -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end

    if PublicationPlace == Place then
        Place = ""
    end -- don't need both if they are the same

    local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("URL") -- get name of parameter that holds URL
    local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
    local ScriptChapter = A["ScriptChapter"]
    local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptChapter")
    local Format = A["Format"]
    local ChapterFormat = A["ChapterFormat"]
    local TransChapter = A["TransChapter"]
    local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
    local TransTitle = A["TransTitle"]
    local ScriptTitle = A["ScriptTitle"]

    --[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]
    local Encyclopedia = A["Encyclopedia"] -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
    local ScriptEncyclopedia = A["ScriptEncyclopedia"]
    local TransEncyclopedia = A["TransEncyclopedia"]

    if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
        if "encyclopaedia" ~= config.CitationClass and "citation" ~= config.CitationClass then
            if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")})
            else
                utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")})
            end
            Encyclopedia = nil -- unset these because not supported by this template
            ScriptEncyclopedia = nil
            TransEncyclopedia = nil
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(TransEncyclopedia) then
        utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"encyclopedia"})
    end

    if
        ("encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
            utilities.set_message("err_periodical_ignored", {Periodical_origin})
        end

        if utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set(ScriptEncyclopedia) then
            Periodical = Encyclopedia -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
            Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("Encyclopedia")
            ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia
            ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptEncyclopedia")

            if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then
                if not utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
                    Chapter = Title -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
                    ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
                    ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
                    TransChapter = TransTitle
                    ChapterURL = URL
                    ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
                    ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
                    ChapterFormat = Format

                    if not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set(TitleLink) then
                        Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Chapter)
                    end
                    Title = Periodical -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
                    ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                    TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                    Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                    ScriptPeriodical = ""
                    URL = ""
                    Format = ""
                    TitleLink = ""
                end
            elseif utilities.is_set(Chapter) or utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
                Title = Periodical -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
                ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ""
                TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ""
                Periodical = "" -- redundant so unset
                ScriptPeriodical = ""
            end
        end
    end

    -- special case for cite techreport.
    local ID = A["ID"]
    if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
        if utilities.is_set(A["Number"]) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
            if not utilities.is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
                ID = A["Number"] -- yes, use it
            else -- ID has a value so emit error message
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "id") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "number")
                    }
                )
            end
        end
    end

    -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local ChapterLink  -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
    local Conference = A["Conference"]
    local BookTitle = A["BookTitle"]
    local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN("TransTitle")
    if "conference" == config.CitationClass then
        if utilities.is_set(BookTitle) then
            Chapter = Title
            Chapter_origin = "title"
            --		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            URL_origin = ""
            ChapterFormat = Format
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin
            Title = BookTitle
            Format = ""
            --		TitleLink = '';
            TransTitle = ""
            URL = ""
        end
    elseif "speech" ~= config.CitationClass then
        Conference = "" -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
    end

    local use_lowercase = (sepc == ",") -- controls capitalization of certain static text

    -- cite map oddities
    local Cartography = ""
    local Scale = ""
    local Sheet = A["Sheet"] or ""
    local Sheets = A["Sheets"] or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
            utilities.set_message(
                "err_redundant_parameters",
                {
                    utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "map") ..
                        cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", Chapter_origin)
                }
            ) -- add error message
        end
        Chapter = A["Map"]
        Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("Map")
        ChapterURL = A["MapURL"]
        ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("MapURL")
        TransChapter = A["TransMap"]
        ScriptChapter = A["ScriptMap"]
        ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptMap")

        ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess
        ChapterFormat = A["MapFormat"]

        Cartography = A["Cartography"]
        if utilities.is_set(Cartography) then
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("cartography", Cartography, use_lowercase)
        end
        Scale = A["Scale"]
        if utilities.is_set(Scale) then
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale
        end
    end

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
    local Series = A["Series"]
    if "episode" == config.CitationClass or "serial" == config.CitationClass then
        local SeriesLink = A["SeriesLink"]

        SeriesLink = link_title_ok(SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN("SeriesLink"), Series, "series") -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

        local Network = A["Network"]
        local Station = A["Station"]
        local s, n = {}, {}
        -- do common parameters first
        if utilities.is_set(Network) then
            table.insert(n, Network)
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Station) then
            table.insert(n, Station)
        end
        ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. " ")

        if "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
            local Season = A["Season"]
            local SeriesNumber = A["SeriesNumber"]

            if utilities.is_set(Season) and utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "season") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "seriesno")
                    }
                ) -- add error message
                SeriesNumber = "" -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
            end
            -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
            if utilities.is_set(Season) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("season", Season, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(SeriesNumber) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("seriesnum", SeriesNumber, use_lowercase))
            end
            if utilities.is_set(Issue) then
                table.insert(s, wrap_msg("episode", Issue, use_lowercase))
            end
            Issue = "" -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

            Chapter = Title -- promote title parameters to chapter
            ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle
            ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN("ScriptTitle")
            ChapterLink = TitleLink -- alias |episode-link=
            TransChapter = TransTitle
            ChapterURL = URL
            ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess
            ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin
            ChapterFormat = Format

            Title = Series -- promote series to title
            TitleLink = SeriesLink
            Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. " ") -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

            if utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
                Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Chapter)
            elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(ChapterLink, Series)
            end
            URL = "" -- unset
            TransTitle = ""
            ScriptTitle = ""
            Format = ""
        else -- now oddities that are cite serial
            Issue = "" -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
            Chapter = A["Episode"] -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
            if utilities.is_set(Series) and utilities.is_set(SeriesLink) then
                Series = utilities.make_wikilink(SeriesLink, Series)
            end
            Series = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Series) -- series is italicized
        end
    end
    -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

    -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
    local TitleType = A["TitleType"]
    local Degree = A["Degree"]
    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "AV-media-notes",
                "document",
                "interview",
                "mailinglist",
                "map",
                "podcast",
                "pressrelease",
                "report",
                "speech",
                "techreport",
                "thesis"
            }
        )
     then
        TitleType = set_titletype(config.CitationClass, TitleType)
        if utilities.is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
            TitleType = Degree .. " " .. cfg.title_types["thesis"]:lower()
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
        TitleType = utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["type"], TitleType) -- display it in parentheses
    -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
    end

    -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
    local Date = A["Date"]
    local Date_origin  -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
    local PublicationDate = A["PublicationDate"]
    local Year = A["Year"]

    if utilities.is_set(Year) then
        validation.year_check(Year) -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(Date) then
        Date = Year -- promote Year to Date
        Year = nil -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
        if not utilities.is_set(Date) and utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
            Date = PublicationDate -- promote PublicationDate to Date
            PublicationDate = "" -- unset, no longer needed
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
        else
            Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Year") -- save the name of the promoted parameter
        end
    else
        Date_origin = A:ORIGIN("Date") -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
    end

    if PublicationDate == Date then
        PublicationDate = ""
    end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

    --[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
    local DF = is_valid_parameter_value(A["DF"], A:ORIGIN("DF"), cfg.keywords_lists["df"], "")
    if not utilities.is_set(DF) then
        DF = cfg.global_df -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
    end

    local ArchiveURL
    local ArchiveDate
    local ArchiveFormat = A["ArchiveFormat"]
    local archive_url_timestamp  -- timestamp from wayback machine url

    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check(A["ArchiveURL"], A["ArchiveDate"])
    ArchiveFormat = style_format(ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, "archive-format", "archive-url")

    ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url(ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), ArchiveDate) -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

    local AccessDate = A["AccessDate"]
    local COinS_date = {} -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
    local DoiBroken = A["DoiBroken"]
    local Embargo = A["Embargo"]
    local anchor_year  -- used in the CITEREF identifier
    do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
        local error_message = ""
        -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
        local date_parameters_list = {
            ["access-date"] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN("AccessDate")},
            ["archive-date"] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveDate")},
            ["date"] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
            ["doi-broken-date"] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
            ["pmc-embargo-date"] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN("Embargo")},
            ["publication-date"] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN("PublicationDate")},
            ["year"] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN("Year")}
        }

        local error_list = {}
        anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list)

        if utilities.is_set(Year) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
            validation.year_date_check(Year, A:ORIGIN("Year"), Date, A:ORIGIN("Date"), error_list)
        end

        if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
            local modified = false -- flag

            if utilities.is_set(DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
                modified = validation.reformat_dates(date_parameters_list, DF) -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
            end

            if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash(date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
                modified = true
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_format") -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
            end

            -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
            if
                cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and
                    validation.date_name_xlate(date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable)
             then
                utilities.set_message("maint_date_auto_xlated") -- add maint cat
                modified = true
            end

            if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
                AccessDate = date_parameters_list["access-date"].val -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
                ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list["archive-date"].val
                Date = date_parameters_list["date"].val
                DoiBroken = date_parameters_list["doi-broken-date"].val
                PublicationDate = date_parameters_list["publication-date"].val
            end

            if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                validation.archive_date_check(ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF) -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
            end
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_bad_date", {utilities.make_sep_list(#error_list, error_list)}) -- add this error message
        end
    end -- end of do

    if
        utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "encyclopaedia"}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set(Periodical))
     then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if not utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
                local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber(COinS_date.rftdate:match("%d%d%d%d")) -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
                if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
                    utilities.set_message("maint_location_no_publisher") -- add maint cat
                end
            else -- PublisherName has a value
                if cfg.keywords_xlate["none"] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
                    PublisherName = "" -- unset
                end
            end
        end
    end

    local ID_list = {} -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
    local ID_list_coins = {} -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
    local Class = A["Class"] -- arxiv class identifier

    local ID_support = {
        {A["ASINTLD"], "ASIN", "err_asintld_missing_asin", A:ORIGIN("ASINTLD")},
        {DoiBroken, "DOI", "err_doibroken_missing_doi", A:ORIGIN("DoiBroken")},
        {Embargo, "PMC", "err_embargo_missing_pmc", A:ORIGIN("Embargo")}
    }

    ID_list, ID_list_coins =
        identifiers.identifier_lists_get(
        args,
        {
            DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi=
            ASINTLD = A["ASINTLD"], -- for |asin=
            Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc=
            Class = Class, -- for |arxiv=
            CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv=
            Year = anchor_year -- for |isbn=
        },
        ID_support
    )

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
        if
            not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
                args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]])
         then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
            utilities.set_message("err_" .. config.CitationClass .. "_missing") -- add error message
        end

        Periodical =
            ({
            ["arxiv"] = "arXiv",
            ["biorxiv"] = "bioRxiv",
            ["citeseerx"] = "CiteSeerX",
            ["medrxiv"] = "medRxiv",
            ["ssrn"] = "Social Science Research Network"
        })[config.CitationClass]
    end

    -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

    if
        config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and
            not utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"})
     then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
        if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
            if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] then -- auto-select PMC
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["pmc"] -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["PMC"].parameters[1] -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
            elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"] then -- auto-select DOI
                URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls["doi"]
                URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers["DOI"].parameters[1]
            end
        end

        if utilities.is_set(URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
            if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url") -- add an error message
                AccessDate = "" -- unset
            end

            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url") -- add an error message
                ArchiveURL = "" -- unset
            end
        end
    end

    -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if not utilities.is_set(Title) and not utilities.is_set(TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
        utilities.set_message("err_citation_missing_title", {"episode" == config.CitationClass and "series" or "title"})
    end

    if
        utilities.in_array(cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {"off", "none"}) and
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and
            (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
            ("journal" == Periodical_origin or "script-journal" == ScriptPeriodical_origin)
     then -- special case for journal cites
        Title = "" -- set title to empty string
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end

    if
        "journal" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Periodical) and "journal" == Periodical_origin)
     then
        if
            is_page_art_num(
                ((utilities.is_set(Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set(Pages) and Pages)) or nil,
                ID_list_coins["DOI"]
            )
         then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
            utilities.set_message("maint_page_art_num") -- add maint cat
        end
    end

    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
    -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
    -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
    -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap

    local coins_chapter = Chapter -- default assuming that remapping not required
    local coins_title = Title -- et tu
    if
        "encyclopaedia" == config.CitationClass or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and utilities.is_set(Title) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if all are used then
            coins_chapter = Title -- remap
            coins_title = Periodical
        end
    end
    local coins_author = a -- default for coins rft.au
    if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
        coins_author = c -- use that instead
    end

    -- this is the function call to COinS()
    local OCinSoutput =
        metadata.COinS(
        {
            ["Periodical"] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup(Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
            ["Encyclopedia"] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
            ["Chapter"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["Degree"] = Degree, -- cite thesis only
            ["Title"] = metadata.make_coins_title(coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
            ["PublicationPlace"] = PublicationPlace,
            ["Date"] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
            ["Season"] = COinS_date.rftssn,
            ["Quarter"] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
            ["Chron"] = COinS_date.rftchron,
            ["Series"] = Series,
            ["Volume"] = Volume,
            ["Issue"] = Issue,
            ["ArticleNumber"] = ArticleNumber,
            ["Pages"] = coins_pages or
                metadata.get_coins_pages(first_set({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
            ["Edition"] = Edition,
            ["PublisherName"] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
            ["URL"] = first_set({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
            ["Authors"] = coins_author,
            ["ID_list"] = ID_list_coins,
            ["RawPage"] = this_page.prefixedText
        },
        config.CitationClass
    )

    -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
        Periodical = "" -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
    end

    -- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
    if "newsgroup" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Newsgroup) then
        PublisherName =
            utilities.substitute(
            cfg.messages["newsgroup"],
            external_link("news:" .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil)
        )
    end

    local Editors
    local EditorCount  -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
    local Contributors  -- assembled contributors name list
    local contributor_etal
    local Translators  -- assembled translators name list
    local translator_etal
    local t = {} -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
    t = extract_names(args, "TranslatorList") -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
    local Interviewers
    local interviewers_list = {}
    interviewers_list = extract_names(args, "InterviewerList") -- process preferred interviewers parameters
    local interviewer_etal

    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    do
        local last_first_list
        local control = {
            format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
            maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
            mode = Mode
        }

        do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayEditors"],
                A["DisplayEditors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayEditors"),
                #e
            )
            control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #e, "editors", editor_etal, param)

            Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal)

            if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
                EditorCount = 2 -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
            end
        end
        do -- now do interviewers
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A["DisplayInterviewers"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayInterviewers"),
                #interviewers_list
            )
            control.maximum, interviewer_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #interviewers_list, "interviewers", interviewer_etal, param)

            Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal)
        end
        do -- now do translators
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayTranslators"],
                A["DisplayTranslators"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayTranslators"),
                #t
            )
            control.maximum, translator_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #t, "translators", translator_etal, param)

            Translators = list_people(control, t, translator_etal)
        end
        do -- now do contributors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayContributors"],
                A["DisplayContributors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayContributors"),
                #c
            )
            control.maximum, contributor_etal =
                get_display_names(display_names, #c, "contributors", contributor_etal, param)

            Contributors = list_people(control, c, contributor_etal)
        end
        do -- now do authors
            local display_names, param =
                display_names_select(
                cfg.global_cs1_config_t["DisplayAuthors"],
                A["DisplayAuthors"],
                A:ORIGIN("DisplayAuthors"),
                #a,
                author_etal
            )
            control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names(display_names, #a, "authors", author_etal, param)

            last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal)

            if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
                Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal(Authors, author_etal, false, "authors") -- find and remove variations on et al.
                if author_etal then
                    Authors = Authors .. " " .. cfg.messages["et al"] -- add et al. to authors parameter
                end
            else
                Authors = last_first_list -- either an author name list or an empty string
            end
        end -- end of do

        if utilities.is_set(Authors) and utilities.is_set(Collaboration) then
            Authors = Authors .. " (" .. Collaboration .. ")" -- add collaboration after et al.
        end
    end

    local ConferenceFormat = A["ConferenceFormat"]
    local ConferenceURL = A["ConferenceURL"]
    ConferenceFormat = style_format(ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, "conference-format", "conference-url")
    Format = style_format(Format, URL, "format", "url")

    -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
    if
        not (utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)))
     then
        ChapterFormat = style_format(ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, "chapter-format", "chapter-url")
    end

    if not utilities.is_set(URL) then
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    ("website" == Periodical_origin or "script-website" == ScriptPeriodical_origin))
         then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
            utilities.set_message("err_cite_web_url")
        end

        -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
        if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
            utilities.set_message("err_accessdate_missing_url")
            AccessDate = ""
        end
    end

    local UrlStatus =
        is_valid_parameter_value(A["UrlStatus"], A:ORIGIN("UrlStatus"), cfg.keywords_lists["url-status"], "")
    local OriginalURL
    local OriginalURL_origin
    local OriginalFormat
    local OriginalAccess
    UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower() -- used later when assembling archived text
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
            OriginalURL = ChapterURL -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
            OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat -- and original |chapter-format=

            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then
                ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
                ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                ChapterUrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(URL) then
            OriginalURL = URL -- save copy of original source URL
            OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin -- name of URL parameter for error messages
            OriginalFormat = Format -- and original |format=
            OriginalAccess = UrlAccess

            if "live" ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
                URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
                URL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL") -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
                Format = ArchiveFormat or "" -- swap in archive's format
                UrlAccess = nil -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
            end
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
        utilities.set_message("maint_url_status") -- add maint cat
    end

    if
        utilities.in_array(
            config.CitationClass,
            {
                "web",
                "news",
                "journal",
                "magazine",
                "pressrelease",
                "podcast",
                "newsgroup",
                "arxiv",
                "biorxiv",
                "citeseerx",
                "medrxiv",
                "ssrn"
            }
        ) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
            ("citation" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia))
     then
        local chap_param
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("Chapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(TransChapter) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("TransChapter")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterURL) then
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterURL")
        elseif utilities.is_set(ScriptChapter) then
            chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin
        else
            utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat)
            chap_param = A:ORIGIN("ChapterFormat")
        end

        if utilities.is_set(chap_param) then -- if we found one
            utilities.set_message("err_chapter_ignored", {chap_param}) -- add error message
            Chapter = "" -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
            TransChapter = ""
            ChapterURL = ""
            ScriptChapter = ""
            ChapterFormat = ""
        end
    else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
        local no_quotes = false -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
        if utilities.is_set(Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
            if utilities.in_array(Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
                no_quotes = true -- then render it unquoted
            end
        end

        Chapter =
            format_chapter_title(
            ScriptChapter,
            ScriptChapter_origin,
            Chapter,
            Chapter_origin,
            TransChapter,
            TransChapter_origin,
            ChapterURL,
            ChapterURL_origin,
            no_quotes,
            ChapterUrlAccess
        ) -- Contribution is also in Chapter
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat
            if "map" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(TitleType) then
                Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. TitleType -- map annotation here; not after title
            end
            Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " "
        elseif utilities.is_set(ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
            Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. " " -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
        end
    end

    -- Format main title
    local plain_title = false
    local accept_title
    Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written(Title, true) -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
    if accept_title and ("" == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
        Title = cfg.messages["notitle"] -- replace by predefined "No title" message
        -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting
        ScriptTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        TransTitle = "" -- just mute for now
        plain_title = true -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
        utilities.set_message("maint_untitled") -- add maint cat
    end

    if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
        if "..." == Title:sub(-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
            Title = Title:gsub("(%.%.%.)%.+$", "%1") -- limit the number of dots to three
        elseif
            not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%.%s*%a%.$") and not mw.ustring.find(Title, "%s+%a%.$") -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
         then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
            Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, "%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
        end

        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy(Title) then
            utilities.set_message("maint_archived_copy") -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
        end

        if is_generic("generic_titles", Title) then
            utilities.set_message("err_generic_title") -- set an error message
        end
    end

    if
        (not plain_title) and
            (utilities.in_array(
                config.CitationClass,
                {
                    "web",
                    "news",
                    "journal",
                    "magazine",
                    "document",
                    "pressrelease",
                    "podcast",
                    "newsgroup",
                    "mailinglist",
                    "interview",
                    "arxiv",
                    "biorxiv",
                    "citeseerx",
                    "medrxiv",
                    "ssrn"
                }
            ) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical)) and
                    not utilities.is_set(Encyclopedia)) or
                ("map" == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical))))
     then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
        Title = kern_quotes(Title) -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("quoted-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle)
    elseif plain_title or ("report" == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-quoted-title", TransTitle) -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
    else
        Title = utilities.wrap_style("italic-title", Title)
        Title = script_concatenate(Title, ScriptTitle, "script-title") -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
        TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style("trans-italic-title", TransTitle)
    end

    if utilities.is_set(TransTitle) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) then
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle
        else
            utilities.set_message("err_trans_missing_title", {"title"})
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
        if utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            utilities.set_message("err_wikilink_in_url") -- set an error message because we can't have both
            TitleLink = "" -- unset
        end

        if not utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and utilities.is_set(URL) then
            Title = external_link(URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format
            URL = "" -- unset these because no longer needed
            Format = ""
        elseif utilities.is_set(TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set(URL) then
            local ws_url
            ws_url = wikisource_url_make(TitleLink) -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
            if ws_url then
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title-link") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], TitleLink, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = utilities.make_wikilink(TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle
            end
        else
            local ws_url, ws_label, L  -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
            ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make(Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', "%1")) -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
            if ws_url then
                Title = Title:gsub("%b[]", ws_label) -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
                Title = external_link(ws_url, Title .. "&nbsp;", "ws link in title") -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
                Title =
                    utilities.substitute(
                    cfg.presentation["interwiki-icon"],
                    {cfg.presentation["class-wikisource"], L, Title}
                )
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            else
                Title = Title .. TransTitle
            end
        end
    else
        Title = TransTitle
    end

    if utilities.is_set(Place) then
        Place = " " .. wrap_msg("written", Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "
    end

    local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("ConferenceURL") -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
    if utilities.is_set(Conference) then
        if utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
            Conference = external_link(ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link(ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil)
    end

    local Position = ""
    if not utilities.is_set(Position) then
        local Minutes = A["Minutes"]
        local Time = A["Time"]

        if utilities.is_set(Minutes) then
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
                utilities.set_message(
                    "err_redundant_parameters",
                    {
                        utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "minutes") ..
                            cfg.presentation["sep_list_pair"] .. utilities.wrap_style("parameter", "time")
                    }
                )
            end
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages["minutes"]
        else
            if utilities.is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A["TimeCaption"]
                if not utilities.is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages["event"]
                    if sepc ~= "." then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower()
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position
        At = ""
    end

    Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets =
        format_pages_sheets(
        Page,
        Pages,
        Sheet,
        Sheets,
        config.CitationClass,
        Periodical_origin,
        sepc,
        NoPP,
        use_lowercase
    )

    At = utilities.is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""
    Position = utilities.is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""
    if config.CitationClass == "map" then
        local Sections = A["Sections"] -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
        local Inset = A["Inset"]

        if utilities.is_set(Inset) then
            Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("inset", Inset, use_lowercase)
        end

        if utilities.is_set(Sections) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("sections", Sections, use_lowercase)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Section) then
            Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg("section", Section, use_lowercase)
        end
        At = At .. Inset .. Section
    end

    local Others = A["Others"]
    if utilities.is_set(Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
        if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
            utilities.set_message("maint_others_avm")
        else
            utilities.set_message("maint_others")
        end
    end
    Others = utilities.is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""

    if utilities.is_set(Translators) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("translated", Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Interviewers) then
        Others = safe_join({sepc .. " ", wrap_msg("interview", Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc)
    end

    local TitleNote = A["TitleNote"]
    TitleNote = utilities.is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Edition) then
        if Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$") or Edition:match("%f[%a][Ee]dition$") then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
            utilities.set_message("err_extra_text_edition") -- add error message
        end
        Edition = " " .. wrap_msg("edition", Edition)
    else
        Edition = ""
    end

    Series = utilities.is_set(Series) and wrap_msg("series", {sepc, Series}) or "" -- not the same as SeriesNum
    local Agency = A["Agency"] or "" -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
    if utilities.is_set(Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
        if
            utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"magazine", "news", "pressrelease", "web"}) or
                ("citation" == config.CitationClass and
                    utilities.in_array(Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"}))
         then
            Agency = wrap_msg("agency", {sepc, Agency}) -- format for rendering
        else
            Agency = "" -- unset; not supported
            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {"agency"}) -- add error message
        end
    end

    Volume =
        format_volume_issue(Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase)

    if utilities.is_set(AccessDate) then
        local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages["retrieved"]

        AccessDate = nowrap_date(AccessDate) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
        if (sepc ~= ".") then
            retrv_text = retrv_text:lower()
        end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(retrv_text, AccessDate) -- add retrieved text

        AccessDate = utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["accessdate"], {sepc, AccessDate}) -- allow editors to hide accessdates
    end

    if utilities.is_set(ID) then
        ID = sepc .. " " .. ID
    end

    local Docket = A["Docket"]
    if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then
        ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID
    end
    if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
        ID = sepc .. " " .. Docket -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
    end

    if utilities.is_set(URL) then
        URL = " " .. external_link(URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess)
    end

    -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
    -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
    -- a displayed postscript.
    -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
    -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
        utilities.set_message("maint_postscript")
    end

    local Archived
    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if not utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_date") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    else
        if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_date_missing_url") -- emit an error message
            ArchiveURL = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            ArchiveDate = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        local arch_text
        if "live" == UrlStatus then
            arch_text = cfg.messages["archived"]
            if sepc ~= "." then
                arch_text = arch_text:lower()
            end
            if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                Archived =
                    sepc ..
                    " " ..
                        utilities.substitute(
                            cfg.messages["archived-live"],
                            {
                                external_link(ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN("ArchiveURL"), nil) .. ArchiveFormat,
                                ArchiveDate
                            }
                        )
            else
                Archived = ""
            end
            if not utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then
                utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
                Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
            end
        elseif utilities.is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
            if utilities.in_array(UrlStatus, {"unfit", "usurped", "bot: unknown"}) then
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-unfit"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate -- format already styled
                if "bot: unknown" == UrlStatus then
                    utilities.set_message("maint_bot_unknown") -- and add a category if not already added
                else
                    utilities.add_prop_cat("unfit") -- and add a category if not already added
                end
            else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
                arch_text = cfg.messages["archived-dead"]
                if sepc ~= "." then
                    arch_text = arch_text:lower()
                end
                if utilities.is_set(ArchiveDate) then
                    Archived =
                        sepc ..
                        " " ..
                            utilities.substitute(
                                arch_text,
                                {
                                    external_link(
                                        OriginalURL,
                                        cfg.messages["original"],
                                        OriginalURL_origin,
                                        OriginalAccess
                                    ) .. OriginalFormat,
                                    ArchiveDate
                                }
                            ) -- format already styled
                else
                    Archived = "" -- unset for concatenation
                end
            end
        else -- OriginalUrl not set
            utilities.set_message("err_archive_missing_url")
            Archived = "" -- empty string for concatenation
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(ArchiveFormat) then
        Archived = ArchiveFormat -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
    else
        Archived = ""
    end

    local TranscriptURL = A["TranscriptURL"]
    local TranscriptFormat = A["TranscriptFormat"]
    TranscriptFormat = style_format(TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, "transcript-format", "transcripturl")
    local Transcript = A["Transcript"]
    local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN("TranscriptURL") -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
    if utilities.is_set(Transcript) then
        if utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
            Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
        end
        Transcript = sepc .. " " .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat
    elseif utilities.is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        Transcript = external_link(TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil)
    end

    local Publisher
    if utilities.is_set(PublicationDate) then
        PublicationDate = wrap_msg("published", PublicationDate)
    end
    if utilities.is_set(PublisherName) then
        if utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
        else
            Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(PublicationPlace) then
        Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate
    else
        Publisher = PublicationDate
    end

    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
    if (utilities.is_set(Periodical) or utilities.is_set(ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set(TransPeriodical)) then
        if utilities.is_set(Title) or utilities.is_set(TitleNote) then
            Periodical =
                sepc ..
                " " ..
                    format_periodical(
                        ScriptPeriodical,
                        ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                        Periodical,
                        TransPeriodical,
                        TransPeriodical_origin
                    )
        else
            Periodical =
                format_periodical(
                ScriptPeriodical,
                ScriptPeriodical_origin,
                Periodical,
                TransPeriodical,
                TransPeriodical_origin
            )
        end
    end

    local Language = A["Language"]
    if utilities.is_set(Language) then
        Language = language_parameter(Language) -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
    else
        --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
        Language = "" -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
    end

    --[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
    if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
        TitleNote = TitleType -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
        TitleType = "" -- and unset

        if utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
            if utilities.is_set(Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
                Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " " -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
            end
        end
    end

    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

    local tcommon
    local tcommon2  -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

    if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote}, sepc) -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
            tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        else
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "map" == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
        if utilities.is_set(Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
            tcommon = safe_join({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc)
        elseif utilities.is_set(Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
            tcommon =
                safe_join(
                {Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume},
                sepc
            )
        else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
            tcommon =
                safe_join({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc)
        end
    elseif "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
        tcommon = safe_join({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc)
    else -- all other CS1 templates
        tcommon =
            safe_join(
            {
                Title,
                TitleNote,
                Conference,
                Periodical,
                TitleType,
                Series,
                Language,
                Volume,
                Others,
                Edition,
                Publisher,
                Agency
            },
            sepc
        )
    end

    if #ID_list > 0 then
        ID_list = safe_join({sepc .. " ", table.concat(ID_list, sepc .. " "), ID}, sepc)
    else
        ID_list = ID
    end

    local Via = A["Via"]
    Via = utilities.is_set(Via) and wrap_msg("via", Via) or ""
    local idcommon
    if "audio-visual" == config.CitationClass or "episode" == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    else
        idcommon = safe_join({ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote}, sepc)
    end

    local text
    local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At

    local OrigDate = A["OrigDate"]
    OrigDate = utilities.is_set(OrigDate) and wrap_msg("origdate", OrigDate) or ""
    if utilities.is_set(Date) then
        if utilities.is_set(Authors) or utilities.is_set(Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
            Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " " -- in parentheses
        else -- neither of authors and editors set
            if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
                Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date does not begin with sepc
            else
                Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate -- Date begins with sepc
            end
        end
    end
    if utilities.is_set(Authors) then
        if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
            Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = ""
            local post_text = ""
            if utilities.is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
                in_text = cfg.messages["in"] .. " "
                if (sepc ~= ".") then
                    in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
                end
            end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
            else
                post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")"
            end
            Editors = terminate_name_list(in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
        end
        if utilities.is_set(Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
            local by_text = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages["by"] .. " "
            if (sepc ~= ".") then
                by_text = by_text:lower()
            end -- lowercase for cs2
            Authors = by_text .. Authors -- author follows title so tweak it here
            if utilities.is_set(Editors) and utilities.is_set(Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
                Authors = terminate_name_list(Authors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            if (not utilities.is_set(Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
                Contributors = terminate_name_list(Contributors, sepc) -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
            end
            text =
                safe_join(
                {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon},
                sepc
            )
        else
            text = safe_join({Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    elseif utilities.is_set(Editors) then
        if utilities.is_set(Date) then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editor"]
            else
                Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation["sep_name"] .. cfg.messages["editors"]
            end
        else
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editor"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages["editors"] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safe_join({Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
    else
        if utilities.in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set(Periodical) then
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc)
        else
            text = safe_join({Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc)
        end
    end

    if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
        text = safe_join({text, sepc}, sepc) -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
        if "." == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
            text = text:gsub("%" .. sepc .. "$", "") -- dot must be escaped here
        else
            text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, sepc .. "$", "") -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
        end
    end

    text = safe_join({text, PostScript}, sepc)

    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
    local options_t = {}
    options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make(config.CitationClass, Mode)

    local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value(A["Ref"], A:ORIGIN("Ref"), cfg.keywords_lists["ref"], nil, true) -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

    if "none" ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ""] then
        local namelist_t = {} -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
        local year = first_set({Year, anchor_year}, 2) -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

        if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
            namelist_t = c -- select it
        elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
            namelist_t = a
        elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
            namelist_t = e
        end
        local citeref_id
        if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
            citeref_id = make_citeref_id(namelist_t, year) -- go make the CITEREF anchor
            if mw.uri.anchorEncode(citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode(Ref)) or "") then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
                utilities.set_message("maint_ref_duplicates_default")
            end
        else
            citeref_id = "" -- unset
        end
        options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id
    end

    if string.len(text:gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
        z.error_cats_t = {} -- blank the categories list
        z.error_msgs_t = {} -- blank the error messages list
        OCinSoutput = nil -- blank the metadata string
        text = "" -- blank the the citation
        utilities.set_message("err_empty_citation") -- set empty citation message and category
    end

    local render_t = {} -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

    if utilities.is_set(options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
        table.insert(
            render_t,
            utilities.substitute(
                cfg.presentation["cite-id"],
                {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}
            )
        ) -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
    else
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["cite"], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})) -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
    end

    if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["ocins"], OCinSoutput)) -- format and append metadata to the citation
    end

    local template_name =
        ("citation" == config.CitationClass) and "citation" or
        "cite " .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass)
    local template_link = "[[Template:" .. template_name .. "|" .. template_name .. "]]"
    local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. "}}</code>: "

    if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link))

        table.insert(render_t, " ") -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
        table.sort(z.error_msgs_t) -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

        local hidden = true -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
            if v:find("cs1-visible-error", 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
                hidden = false -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
                break -- and done because no need to look further
            end
        end

        z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat({utilities.error_comment(msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}) -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
        table.insert(render_t, table.concat(z.error_msgs_t, "; ")) -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
    end

    if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
        mw.addWarning(utilities.substitute(cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link))

        table.sort(z.maint_cats_t) -- sort the maintenance messages list

        local maint_msgs_t = {} -- here we collect all of the maint messages

        if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
            table.insert(maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix) -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
        end

        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(
                maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
                table.concat({v, " (", utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[":cat wikilink"], v), ")"})
            )
        end
        table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.presentation["hidden-maint"], table.concat(maint_msgs_t, " "))) -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
    end

    if not no_tracking_cats then
        local sort_key
        local cat_wikilink = "cat wikilink"
        if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
            local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace -- get namespace number for this wikitext
            sort_key =
                (0 ~= namespace_number and
                (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or
                nil -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
            cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and "cat wikilink") or "cat wikilink sk" -- make <cfg.messages> key
        end

        for _, v in ipairs(z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
        end
        if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
            utilities.set_message("maint_id_limit_load_fail") -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}))
        end
        for _, v in ipairs(z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
            table.insert(render_t, utilities.substitute(cfg.messages["cat wikilink"], v)) -- no sort keys
        end
    end

    return table.concat(render_t) -- make a big string and done
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]
local function validate(name, cite_class, empty)
    local name = tostring(name)
    local enum_name  -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
    local state
    local function state_test(state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
        if true == state then
            return true
        end -- valid actively supported parameter
        if false == state then
            if empty then
                return nil
            end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
            deprecated_parameter(name) -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
            return true
        end
        if "tracked" == state then
            local base_name = name:gsub("%d", "") -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
            utilities.add_prop_cat("tracked-param", {base_name}, base_name) -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
            return true
        end
        return nil
    end

    if name:find("#") then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
        return nil
    end
    -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(name, "%d+$", "#") -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
    enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub(enum_name, "%d+([%-l])", "#%1") -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

    if "document" == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
        state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        return false
    end

    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
        state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name] -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end

        return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
    end -- end limited parameter-set templates

    if utilities.in_array(cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
        state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name] -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
        if true == state_test(state, name) then
            return true
        end
    end -- if here, fall into general validation

    state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name] -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
    if true == state_test(state, name) then
        return true
    end

    return false -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check(parameter, value)
    local prefix = value:match("%[%[(%a+):") -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
    local _

    if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
        utilities.set_message("err_bad_paramlink", parameter) -- emit an error message
        _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink(value) -- extract label portion from wikilink
    end

    return value
end

--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]
local function missing_pipe_check(parameter, value)
    local capture
    value = value:gsub("%b<>", "") -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

    capture = value:match("%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") or value:match("^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=") -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
    if capture and validate(capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        utilities.set_message("err_missing_pipe", parameter)
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]
local function has_extraneous_punc(param, value)
    if "number" == type(param) then
        return
    end

    param = param:gsub("%d+", "#") -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
    if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
        return -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
    end

    if value:match("[,;:]$") then
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
    if value:match("^=") then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
        utilities.set_message("maint_extra_punct") -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------

look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription.  returns nothing.

looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'

]]
local function has_twl_url(url_params_t, cite_args_t)
    local url_error_t = {} -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url

    for param, value in pairs(url_params_t) do
        if value:find("%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org") then -- has the TWL base url?
            table.insert(url_error_t, param) -- add parameter name to the error list
        end
    end
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t) -- sor for error messaging
        for i, param in ipairs(url_error_t) do
            if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
                cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
            end
            url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style("parameter", param) -- make the parameter pretty for error message
        end

        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_twl_url", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]
local function has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t)
    local url_error_t = {}

    check_for_url(non_url_param_t, url_error_t) -- extraneous url check
    if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
        table.sort(url_error_t)
        utilities.set_message("err_param_has_ext_link", {utilities.make_sep_list(#url_error_t, url_error_t)}) -- add this error message
    end
end

--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------

Module entry point

	frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
	args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
	config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)

]]
local function _citation(frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
    if not frame then
        frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
    end
    -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
    local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and "" ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or "/sandbox" -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
    is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find(frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true) -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
    sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or "" -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

    cfg = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration" .. sandbox) -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
    whitelist = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist" .. sandbox)
    utilities = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities" .. sandbox)
    validation = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation" .. sandbox)
    identifiers = require("Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers" .. sandbox)
    metadata = require("Module:Citation/CS1/COinS" .. sandbox)

    utilities.set_selected_modules(cfg) -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
    identifiers.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
    validation.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
    metadata.set_selected_modules(cfg, utilities) -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

    z = utilities.z -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
    local cite_args_t = {} -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here

    is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set(frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}"))

    local suggestions = {} -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
    local error_text  -- used as a flag

    local capture  -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
    local empty_unknowns = {} -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
    for k, v in pairs(args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
        v = mw.ustring.gsub(v, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
        if v ~= "" then
            if ("string" == type(k)) then
                k = mw.ustring.gsub(k, "%d", cfg.date_names.local_digits) -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
            end
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass) then
                if type(k) ~= "string" then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text = utilities.set_message("err_text_ignored", {v})
                    end
                elseif validate(k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then
                    error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, k:lower()}) -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
                else
                    if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
                        suggestions = mw.loadData("Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions" .. sandbox) --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
                    end
                    for pattern, param in pairs(suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
                        capture = k:match(pattern) -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
                        if capture then -- if the pattern matches
                            param = utilities.substitute(param, capture) -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
                            if validate(param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored_suggest", {k, param}) -- set the suggestion error message
                            else
                                error_text = utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k}) -- suggested param not supported by this template
                                v = "" -- unset
                            end
                        end
                    end
                    if not utilities.is_set(error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
                        if
                            (suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil) and
                                validate(suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()], config_t.CitationClass)
                         then
                            utilities.set_message(
                                "err_parameter_ignored_suggest",
                                {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]}
                            )
                        else
                            utilities.set_message("err_parameter_ignored", {k})
                            v = "" -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
                        end
                    end
                end
            end

            cite_args_t[k] = v -- save this parameter and its value
        elseif not utilities.is_set(v) then -- for empty parameters
            if not validate(k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
                k = ("" == k) and "(empty string)" or k -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
                table.insert(empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style("parameter", k)) -- format for error message and add to the list
            end
        end
    end

    if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
        utilities.set_message(
            "err_param_unknown_empty",
            {
                1 == #empty_unknowns and "" or "s",
                utilities.make_sep_list(#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
            }
        )
    end

    local non_url_param_t = {} -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
    local url_param_t = {} -- table of url-holding paramters and their values

    for k, v in pairs(cite_args_t) do
        if "string" == type(k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
            has_invisible_chars(k, v) -- look for invisible characters
        end
        has_extraneous_punc(k, v) -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
        missing_pipe_check(k, v) -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
        cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check(k, v) -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

        if "string" == type(k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
            if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
                non_url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
            else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
                url_param_t[k] = v -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
            end
        end
    end

    has_extraneous_url(non_url_param_t) -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
    has_twl_url(url_param_t, cite_args_t) -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url

    return table.concat(
        {
            frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", "", {src = "Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox .. "/styles.css"}),
            citation0(config_t, cite_args_t)
        }
    )
end

--[[---------------------------< C I T A T I O N >------------------------------
  Template entry point.
]]
local function citation(frame)
  local config_t = {}  -- Table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
  local args_t   = frame:getParent().args  -- Get template's preset parameters.

  for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do  -- Get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
    config_t[k]  = v
    -- Crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module
    -- {{#invoke:}}, skipping parameter validation. TODO: Keep?
    -- args_t[k] = v
  end
  return _citation(frame, args_t, config_t)
end

--[[-----------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------]]
return {
  citation  = citation,  -- Template entry point.
  _citation = _citation  -- Module entry point.
}